CARRIER Package Units(both Units Combined) Manual L0607349
User Manual: CARRIER CARRIER Package Units(both units combined) Manual CARRIER Package Units(both units combined) Owner's Manual, CARRIER Package Units(both units combined) installation guides
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 112 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
48/50PG20-28
Single Package Rooftop Units
with COMFORTLINK TMControls
and PURON® (R-410A) Refrigerant
Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service and
Troubleshooting Instructions
CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ............................... 2
GENERAL .................................................. 2
BASIC CONTROL USAGE ................................ 2-5
ComfortLink TM Control ..................................... 2
Scrolling Marquee ......................................... 3
Accessory Navigator TM Display ............................ 3
Operation .................................................. 3
System Pilot TM ............................................. 4
CCN Tables and Display ................................... 4
Conventions Used in this Manual .......................... 4
START-UP ............................................... 6-35
Unit Preparation ........................................... 6
Compressor Mounting ..................................... 6
Refrigerant Service Ports .................................. 6
Crankcase Heater(s) ....................................... 6
Corn pressor Rotation ...................................... 6
Internal Wiring ............................................. 6
Subcooler Heat Exchanger (SHX) .......................... 6
Evaporator Fan ............................................ 6
Condenser Fans and Motors ............................... 6
Retu m-Air Filters .......................................... 6
Outdoor-Air Inlet Screens .................................. 6
Gas Heat (48PC Only) ...................................... 6
Orifice Change (48PC Only) ................................ 7
Power Supply .............................................. 7
Air Baffles ................................................. 7
Accessory Installation ..................................... 7
CONTROLS QUICK START ............................. 35,36
Thermostat Control ....................................... 35
Space Temperature Sensor Control --
Direct Wired (%55 or T-56) .............................. 35
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- CCN (T-58) ......... 35
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- CCN Linkage ...... 35
Space Humidity Control -- Humidistat .................... 35
Space Humidity Control -- Thermidistat TM ................ 35
Space Humidity Control -- Relative Humidity Sensor ..... 35
CCN Communication ...................................... 35
Accessories .............................................. 35
Service Test .............................................. 35
Control Configuration Checklist .......................... 36
Programming Operating Schedules ....................... 36
SERVICE TEST ......................................... 36-38
THIRD PARTY CONTROL ............................... 38,39
Thermostat ............................................... 38
Humidistat ................................................ 38
Humidity Sensor .......................................... 38
Remote Occupancy ....................................... 38
Fire Shutdown ............................................ 38
Alarm Output ............................................. 38
Outdoor Enthalpy ......................................... 38
lAG Switch ................................................ 39
IAQ Sensor ............................................... 39
OAQ Sensor .............................................. 39
CONTROLS OPERATION ............................... 39-52
Display Configuration ..................................... 39
Modes .................................................... 39
Unit Configuration ........................................ 39
Occupancy Determination ................................ 40
Indoor Fan ................................................ 41
Cooling ................................................... 41
•THERMOSTAT (ONTROL
Page
SPA(E SENSOR CONTROL
OUTDOOR FANS
Gas Heating (48PC Units) ................................ 42
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
SPA(E SENSOR ( ONTROL
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE (SAT) SENSOR
Electric Heat (50PG Units) ................................ 44
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
SPA(E SENSOR ( ONTROL
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE (SAT) SENSOR
Economizer .............................................. 44
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
SPA(E SENSOR ( ONTROL
ECONOMIZER ACTUATOR ( OMMUNICATIONS
E%_OC(UPIED FREE COOLING
POWER EXHAUST
Optional Humdi-MiZer Dehumidification System ......... 45
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
REHEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS
REHEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
• AIR BAFFLES
indoor Air Quality ........................................ 49
Temperature Compensated Start ......................... 51
Carrier Comfort Network@ (CCN) Configuration .......... 5;
Alarm Handling ........................................... 52
TROUBLESHOOTING .................................. 52-67
Complete Unit Stoppage ................................. 52
Restart Procedure ........................................ 54
Control Module Communication .......................... 54
Alarms and Alerts ........................................ 54
VIEWING AND CLEARING UNIT ALARMS
• DIAGNOSTI( ALARM (ODES AND POSSIBLE (AUSES
Cooling Troubleshooting ................................. 57
Humidi-MiZer Troubleshooting ........................... 57
Economizer Troubleshooting ............................. 57
Heating Troubleshooting ................................. 60
Phase Loss Protection ................................... 60
Thermistor Troubleshooting .............................. 61
Transducer Troubleshooting ............................. 64
Forcing Inputs and Outputs .............................. 64
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS ...................... 67-84
General ................................................... 67
Main Base Board (MBB) .................................. 67
Economizer Control Board (ECB) ........................ 67
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board ...................... 67
Low Voltage Terminal Strip (TB2) ......................... 67
Scrolling Marquee Display ................................ 80
Accessory Navigator TM Display ........................... 80
Carrier Comfort Network@ Interface ...................... 8O
Subcooler Heat Exchanger ............................... 80
Field-Installed Accessories ............................... 82
SPA(E TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-55)
SPA(E TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-56)
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-58)
SPA(E TEMPERATURE SENSOR AVERAGING
ECONOMIZER
POWER EXHAUST
TWO-POSITION DAMPER
INDOOR AIR QUALITY
OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY
SMOKE DETE( TORS
FILTER STATUS
FAN STATUS
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No 04-53480028-01 Printed io U.SA Form 48/50PG-5T Pg 1 6-06 Replaces: 48/50PG-2T
CONTENTS (cont)
Page
ENTHALPY SENSORS
RETURN/SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SPA(E HUMIDITY SENSOR
ELECTRIC HEAT
SERVICE ............................................... 85-92
Cleaning .................................................. 85
Lubrication ............................................... 86
Manual Outdoor Air Damper .............................. 87
Economizer Adjustment .................................. 87
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement ................. 87
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment ................. 87
Evaporator Fan Belt Tension Adjustment ................. 88
Condenser-Fan Adjustment ............................... 88
Verify Sensor Performance ................................ 88
Economizer Operation During Power Failure .............. 88
Evacuation ................................................ 88
Refrigerant Charge ........................................ 89
Gas Valve Adjustment (48PC Only) ....................... 90
High Altitude (48PC Only) ................................. 9O
Main Burners (48PC Only) ................................ 91
Filter Drier ................................................ 92
Protective Devices ........................................ 92
Relief Devices ............................................. 92
Control Circuit 24-V ....................................... 92
Replacement Parts ........................................ 92
Diagnostic LEDs .......................................... 92
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND
CCN TABLES ....................................... 93-103
APPENDIX B-- CONTROL MODES WITH
HUMIDI-MIZER SYSTEM AND ECONOMIZER .......... 104
CONTROL SET UP POINT AND
CONFIGURATION LOG ........................ (L-1 to (L-5
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST ........................... (L-6
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and sea;icing of air-conditioning equipmem can
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical compo-
nents. Only trained and qualified service personnel should
install, repair, or service air-conditioning equiplnent. Untrained
personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of
replacing filters. Trained service personnel should perform all
other operations.
When working on air-coMitioning equipment, observe pre-
cautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,
and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety
codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching
cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinmlishers avail-
able for all brazing operations.
Before performing service or maintenance operation on
unit turn off and lock off main power switch to unit.
Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death.
Shut off all power to this equipment during installation
and service. The unit may have an internal non-fused
disconnect or a field-installed disconnect.
This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out com-
ponents or to bypass or otherwise depart fiom recom-
mended procedures. Any short-to-mound of the control
board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic
modules or electrical components.
1. hnproper installation, adjusnnent, alteration, service,
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal
injury, or loss of lii_. Refer to the User's Information
Manual provided with this unit for lnore details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flmmnable
vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any
phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier tiom a neigh-
bor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions.
4. It"you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire
department.
GENERAL
This publication contains Start-Up, Controls, Operation,
Service, and Troubleshooting intbnnation for the 48/50PG
rooftop units. See Table 1. These units are equipped with
('ol_/brtLink TM controls and use Purona)reiiigerant.
Table 1-- Unit Sizes (48/50PG)
UNIT NOMINAL TONS
48/50PG20 18
48/50PG24 20
48/50PG28 25
BASIC CONTROLUSAGE
ComfortLink Control -- The Col_/brtLink control is a
colnprehensive unlt-lnanagement system. The control system
is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.
The ComJbrtLink TM control is fully colnmunlcating and
cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Colnfort NetworkS,R)
(CCN) building managelnent system. The control provides
high-speed colnlnunlcations for remote monitoring via the
Intemet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other
('omJbrtLink control equipped units) using a 3-wire colrnnuni-
cation bus.
The ComJbrtLink control system is easy to access through
the use of a unit-lnounted display module. There is no need to
bring a separate computer to this unit tbr start-up. Access to
control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select fiom
11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations
of control int;)nnation. Only tour, large, easy-to-use buttons are
required to maneuver through the entire controls menu. The
display readout is designed to be visible even in bri_lt sunlight.
For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held
Navigator TM 1nodule is also available. This portable device has
an exteMed colmnunlcation cable that can be plugged into the
unit's colmnunication network at the main control box. The
Navigator display provides the stone menu structure, control
access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted
Scrolling Marquee display.
Scrolling Marquee -- This device is the keypad imer-
face used to access the control information, read sensor values,
and test the unit. The Scrolling Marquee is located in the main
control box and is standard on all units. The Scrolling Marquee
display is a 4-key, 4-character, 16-seglnent LED (light-emitting
diode) display module. The display also contains an Alarm Sta-
res LED. See Fig. 1. The display is easy to operate using 4 but-
tons and a moup of 11 LEDs that indicate the following menu
structures:
Run Status
Sel_TiceTest
Temperatures
Pressures
Set points
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Timeclock
Operating Modes
Alarms
Through the Scrolling Marquee, the user can access all of
the inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, con-
fi_re operating parmneters plus evaluate the current decision
stares for operating modes. The control also includes an alarm
history which can be accessed fioln the display. In addition,
through the Scrolling Marquee, the user can access a built-in
test routine that can be used at start-up comlnissioning and to
dia_ose operational problems with the unit.
Fig. 1 -- Scrolling Marquee
Accessory Navigator TM Display-- The accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the 48/50PG
units. See Fig. 2. The Navigator display operates the same way
as the Scrolling Marquee device. The Navigator display is
plugged into the LEN port on either TB2 or the ECB board.
Operation -- All units are shipped tiom the factory with
the Scrolling Marquee display, which is located in the main
control box. See Fig. 1.In addition, the Col_/brtLink TM control
also supports the use of the handheld Navigator display.
Both displays provide the user with an interface to the
ComJbrtLink control system. The displays have [] and []
arrow keys, an _ key and an _ key. These
keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the dis-
play structure. The Navigator and the Scrolling Marquee oper-
ate in the same manner, except that the Navigator display has
multiple lines of display and the Scrolling Marquee has a single
line. All further discussions and exmnples in this document will
be based on the Scrolling Marquee display. See Table 2 for the
1rlenu strllcture.
The four keys are used to navigate through the display
structure, ,ahich is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the
buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default
to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN
STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the
key until a blmlk display is shown. Then
and [] arrow keys to scroll through the top-level
categories. These are listed in Appendix A and will be indicat-
ed on the Scrolling Marquee by the LED next to each mode
listed on the face of the display.
When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the
key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there
may be additional tiers. Cominue to use the [] and [] keys
and the _ keys until the desired display item is found.
At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing
the _ key. Once an item has been selected the display
will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and
then t;_llowedby the item units (if any).
Items in the Configuration and Selwice Test modes are
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD
,ahen required. Use the _ and arrow keys to enter the
timr digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Pressing the _ and _ keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description across the display iMi-
cating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the
and _ keys ,ahen the display is blank
(MODE LED level) will return the display to its delhult menu
of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the pass-
word will need to be entered again beli_re changes can be made.
ChanNng item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the stone manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the
display is in rotating auto-vie,a; press the _ key to stop
the display at the desired item. Press the _ key again so
that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the
value of state of an item and press the _ key to accept
it. Press the _ key and the item, value or units display
wilt resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.
Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and
field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various
Mode categories may not apply.
Fig. 2 -- Accessory Navigator Display
System PilotTM Device -- The System Pilot (33PILOT-
01) device is a component of Ca_cier's 3VTM system and serves
as a user-interface and confimlration tool for all Carrier com-
municating devices. The System Pilot device can be used to in-
stall and commission a 3V zoning system, linkage compatible
air source, universal controllei; and all other devices operating
on the Canier comlnunicating network.
Additionally, the System Pilot device can sela_eas a walt-
mounted temperature sensor for space telnperature measure-
ment. The occupant can use the System Pilot device to change
set points. A security t}amre is provided to limit access of fea-
tures for unanthorized users. See Fig. 3 for System Pilot details.
CCN Tables and Display -- In addition to the unit-
mounted Scrolling Marquee display, the user can also access
the same information through the CCN tables by using the
Service tool or other CCN promalns. Details on the CCN
tables are smrnnarized in Appendix A. The variable names
used for the CCN tables and the Scrolling Marquee tables may
be different and more items are displayed in the CCN tables.
As a reference, the CCN variable names are included in the
Scrolling Marquee tables and the Scrolling Marquee names are
included in the local display tables in Appendix A.
Conventions Used in This Manual -- The follow-
ing conventions for discussing configuration points tbr the lo-
cal display (Scrolling Marquee or Navigator TM accessory) will
be used in this manual.
Point names wilt be written with the Mode nmne thst, then
any submodes, then the point name, each separated by an
arrow sylnbol (-+). Names will also be shown th bold and
italics. As an example, the Thermostat Control Type which is
located in the Configuration mode, and Unit sub-mode would
be written as (bnfiguration--> UOgTT-->T.CTL.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through
the local display to reach the desired configuration. The user
would scroll through the modes and submodes using the
[] and [] keys. The arrow symbol in the path name repre-
sents pressing _ to move into the next level of the
menu structure.
When a value is included as part of the path nmne, it will be
shown at the end of the path name after an equals siN1. If the
value represents a confi_ration setting, an explanation will be
shown in parenthesis after the value. As an example, Configu-
ration--_UNIT--_T.CTL =1(1 Stage Y1).
Pressing the _ and _ keys simultaneously
wilt scroll an expanded text description of the point nmne across
the display. The expanded descaiption is sho_s_ in the local dis-
play tables but will not be shown with the path nmnes in text.
The CCN point nmnes are also referenced in the local
display tables tbr users configuring the unit with CCN software
instead of the local display. The CCN tables are located in
Appendix A of this manual.
NAVIGATE/-
EXIT
S
\"1o o
'., j
/
+
SCROLL PAGE
_MODIFY/
SELECT
\I_ r7 ..
Fig. 3 -- System Pilot User Interface
RUN
STATUS
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)
¢
Software
Version
Numbers
(VERS)
4,
Component
Run Hours
{HRS)
¢
Component
Starts
(STRT)
¢
Control Modes
(MODE)
4,
Cooling Status
(COOL)
¢
Heating Status
(HEAT)
¢
Economizer
Status
(LOON)
SERVICE
TEST
Service Test Mode
(TEST)
Testlndependent
Outputs
(iNDR)
¢
Test Fans
(FANS)
¢
Test Cooling
(COOL)
4,
Test Humidimizer
(HMZR)
¢
Test Heating
CHEAT)
Table 2-- Scrolling Marquee Menu Display Structure
TEMPERATURES
Air
Temperatures
(AiR.T}
4,
Refrigerant
Temperatures
(REFT}
PRESSURES
Suction
Pressure A
{SSRA)
Condenser
Rressu_A
(SCRA)
4,
Suction
Pressure B
(SSRB)
4,
Condenser
Rressu_B
(SCRB)
4,
Suction
Pressure C
(SSRC)
4,
Condenser
Pressure C
(SCRC)
SETPOINTS
Occupied Cool
Setpoint
(OCSR)
4,
Unoccupied Cool
Setpoint
(UCSP)
4,
Occupied Heat
Setpoint
(OHSP)
Unoccupied
Heat Setpomt
(UHSP)
4,
Heat-Cool
Setpoint
(GAP)
4,
SPT Offset
Range {±)
(STO R)
4,
Space RH
Setpoint
(RH SP)
Space RH
Deadband
{RH.DB)
4,
Reheat Heat
SP Deadband
{RH.HB)
CEcuRA
Lockout Temp
(CA.LO}
4,
Circuit B
Lockout Temp
(CBLO)
4,
Circuit C
Lockout Temp
{CC LO)
Heating
Lockout Temp
(HTLO)
Econo Cool Hi
Temp Limit
(EH.LO}
4,
Econo CoolLo
Temp Limit
(ELLO)
4,
Free Cool Low
Temp Limit
{FC LO)
Low Cool SAT
Set Point
{LCSR)
4"
High Cool SAT
Set Point
(HCSP)
4,
Minimum SAT
Upper Level
{SAT.U)
Minimum SAT
Lower Level
(SA'ZL)
INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION
Thermostat Fan Outputs Display
Inputs (FANS) Configuration
{STAT) 4, (DISP)
4, 4,
CooJ Outputs
General Inputs {COOL) Unit
{GEN I) 4, Configuration
4, (UNIT)
Heat Outputs 4,
Current (HEAT)
Sensor Inputs 4, Cooling
(CS IN} Configuration
4, Economizer (COOL)
Outputs 4,
Air Quality (LOON)
Inputs 4, Humidimizer
{AIR Q) Config.
Alarm Relay (HMZR}
(ALRM) 4,
Heating
Configuration
(HEAT)
4,
Economizer
Configuration
(ECON)
4,
Air Quality
Cfg.
(AIR.Q)
4,
Alarm Relay
Conflg.
(ALM O)
4,
Sensor
Calibration
(TRIM)
4,
CCN
Configuration
(CON)
TIME
CLOCK
Time of Day
(TIME)
4,
Month Date
Day andYear
(DATE)
4,
Daylight
Savings
Time
{DST)
4,
LocalTime
Schedule
(SCHL)
4,
Local
Holiday
Schedules
(HOL.L)
OPERATING
MODES
Control
Modes
{MODE)
4,
Cool Mode
Diagnostic
(COOL)
4,
Humidimizer
{HMZR)
4,
Heat Mode
Diagnostic
(HEAT)
4,
Economizer
Diagnostic
{LOON)
ALARMS
ResetAII
Current
Alarms
(R CURR)
4,
Reset
Alarm
History
(RHIST)
4,
Currently
Active
Alarms
{CURR)
4,
Alarm
History
(HIST)
START-UP
Use the t'ollowing information and Start-Up Checklist on
page CL-1 to check out unit PRIOR to start-up.
Unit Preparation -- Check that unit Ms been installed in
accor&mce with these installation instructions and all applica-
ble codes.
Compressor Mounting- Compressors are internally
spring mounted. Do not loosen or remove compressor hold-
down bolts.
Refrigerant Service Ports -- Each independent re-
ft-igerant system has a total of 3 Schrader-type service gage
ports per circuit. One port is located on the suction line, one on
the compressor dischaNe line, and one on the liquid line. Be
sure that caps on the ports are ti_lt.
Crankcase Heater(s)- Craalkcase heaters are ener-
gized as long as there is power to the unit and the compressor is
not operating.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior I
to start-up. Otherwise, damage to compressor may I
result.
Compressor Rotation
hnproper wiring wilt cause compressor stoppage and alarm.
Correct wiring by switching leads as indicated below.
It is important to be certain the compressors are rotating in
the proper direction. To determine whether or not compressors
are rotating in the proper direction, use a phase-rotation meter
on the unit input power to check tbr L1-L2-L3 or cloclcwise ro-
tation or use the Service Test mode to energize a compressor. If
the compressor is rotating in the wrong direction, the controls
will stop the compressor and display alarm for "Circuit x Fail-
ure to Pressurize," where x is the corresponding A or B com-
pressor circuit.
NOTE: Indoor or outdoor thn rotation direction may not indi-
cate proper input power phase sequence, as some 3-phase units
use single-phase tan motors.
To correct the wrong compressor rotation direction, perform
the following procedure:
1. Turn offpower to the unit and lock out the power.
2. Switch any two of the incoming unit power leads.
3. Turn on power to the unit.
4. Verii_ corrected compressor rotation.
Internal Wiring--Check all electrical connections in
unit control boxes; tighten as required.
Subcooler Heat Exchanger (SHX) -- The subcool-
er heat exchanger adds approximately 10 to 15° F of sub-
cooling to the system. Check all valves aaldTXM
Evaporator Fan- Fan belt and variable pulleys are
factory-installed. See Tables 3-26 for tan performance data. Be
sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Tables 27 and
28 for air quantity limits. See Tables 29 and 30 for evaporator
tan motor specifications. See Tables 31 and 32 for accessory
FIOP static pressure. See Tables 33 and 34 for tan rpm at
various motor pulley settings. To alter tan performance, see
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section on page 87.
Condenser Fans and Motors -- Condenser thns and
motors are factory set. Refer to Condenser-Fan Adjustment
section (page 88) as required.
Return-Air Filters -- Check that correct filters are in-
stalled in filter tracks (see Physical Data table in Installation
Instructions). Do not operate unit without return-air filters.
NOTE: For units with 4-in. filter option, units are shipped with
standard 2-in. filters. To install 4-in. filters, the filter spacers
must be removed.
Outdoor-Air Inlet Screens --Outdoor-air inlet screens
must be in place before operating unit.
Gas Heat (48PG Only) -- Veril_ gas pressures before
turning on heat as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external
to unit.
2. Connect pressure gage to supply gas tap, located on field-
supplied manual shutoffvalve (see Fig. 4).
3. Connect pressure gage to manifold pressure tap.
4. Turn on field-supplied manual gas stop. Enter Service
Test mode by setting TEST to "YES" using the Scrolling
Marquee display. Temporarily install the jumper wire
between "R" and "WI" on TB2. Use the Sin:ice Test
feature to set HT. 1 to ON (first stage of hea 0 using the
Scrolling Marquee.
5. After the unit has mn for several minutes, veri_ the sup-
ply gas press_ureis between 5.5 in. wg to 13.0 in. wg, and
the manitbld pressure is 2.95 in. wg on horizontal dis-
charge applications and 3.00 on vertical dischaige appli-
cations. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, refer to
Gas _alve Adjustment section.
NOTE: Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.0in. wg.
6. Set HT. 1to OFF using Scrolling Marquee.
7. Remove jumper wire if the unit will be operating under
thermostat mode. The jumper must remain if a space tem-
perature sensor (T-55, T-56, or T-58) wilt control the unit.
8. Exit Service Test mode by setting TEST to "NO" using
the Scrolling Marquee.
MANUALSHUTOFF
(FIELD SUP_ GAS
PRESSURE TAP
(1/8" NPT PLUG)
Fig. 4-- Field Gas Piping
Orifice Change (48PG Only) -- This unit is factory
assembled for heating operation using natural gas at aal eleva-
tion lfom sea level to 2000 ft.
Use accessory high altitude kit when installing this unit at
an elevation of 2000 to 7000 ft. For elevations above 7000 ft,
refer to High Altitude section on page 90 to identit) the correct
orifice size for the elevation. Purchase these orifices from your
local Carrier dealei_ Follow instructions in accessory Installa-
tion Instructions to install the correct orifices.
Use accessory LP (liquid propane) gas conversion kit when
converting this unit for use with LP fuel usage for elevations
up to 7000 ft. For elevations above 7000 ft, ret_r to High
Altitude section on page 90 to identit) the correct orifice size
for the elevation. Purchase these orifices fiom your local
Carrier dealer. Follow instructions in accessory Installation
Instructions to install the correct orifices.
Power Supply -- All 208/230-v units are factory
wired for 230-v power supply. If the 208/230-v unit is to be
connected to a 208-v power supply, the transformers (TRAN 1,
TRAN2 and TRAN3) must be rewired by moving the wire
fiom the 230-volt connection and moving to the 200-volt
terminal on the primary side of the transibnner. Rei}r to unit
label dia_am for additional inforlnation.
Air Baffles -- The 48/50PG units with Humid-MiZer TM
option are equipped with Motonnastera) control to maintain
adequate discha_e pressure for proper unit operation during
low mnbient operation. Field-fabricated and installed wind bat'-
ties may be required. See Optional Humidi-MiZer Dehmnidifi-
cation System section on page 45.
Accessory Installation -- Check to make sure that all
accessories including space thermostats and sensors have
been installed and wired as required by the instructions and
unit wiring diagrams.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Table 3 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD020 -- Vertical Supply/Return Units
Rpm
590
633
677
722
767
813
859
906
952
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.8
Bhp
1.47
1.82
2.21
2.67 A
3.17
3.74
4.36
5.05 B
5.81 C
Rpm
663
703
744
786
828
871
915
959
1004
0.4
Bhp
1.74
211
253 A
301
353
412
4.77 B
547 C
625
Rpm
727
764
803
842
883
924
966
1008
1051
0.6
Bhp
201
240
284
333
388
4.48
515
587
667
Rpm
786
820
A857
894
933
972
B1012
1053
C1095
Bhp
2.26
2.67
3.13
3.64
4.21
4.83
5.52
6.26
7.07
1.0
Rpm
840
A872
907
942
B 979
1017
1056
C 1096
1136
Bhp
252
294
342
3.95
453
518
588
664
747
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
A
954
988
B1024
1060
1098
C 1137
1176
1.2
Rpm
891
921
Bhp Rpm
277 940
321 968
370 999
B
425 1032
485 1066
551 1101
623 C 1138
701 1175
786 D 1214
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.81.4
Bhp
3.02
3.48
3.99 B
4.55
5.17
5.84 C
6.58
7.38 D
8.24
Rpm
987
1014
1042
1073
1106
1140
1176
1212
1250
1.6
Bhp
3.27
3.74
4.27
4.85
5.48
6.17
6.92
7.74
8.61
Rpm
1032
1057
B1084
1114
C 1145
1178
1213
D1248
1285
Bhp
3.52
401 B
455
514
579
650 D
726
809
899
2.0
Rpm Bhp
1076 377
1099 427
1125 483
1153 544
1183 610
1215 682
1249 760
1283 845
1319 9.36
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower Input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,575 Bhp (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
Att other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Table 4 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE20 -- Vertical Supply/Return Units
0.2
Rpm Bhp
607 1,53
652 1.90
699 2.32
746 2.79
794 3.33
842 3.93
891 4.59
940 5.32
990 6.12
Rpm
677
719
763
8O7
851
897
943
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE(in. wg)
0.4 0.6 0.8
Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm
1.80 740 206 797
219 779 247 833
A
263 A 819 293 872
312 861 344 911
Bhp
231
274
322
375
368
4.30
4.98
904
947
B991
402
4.65
535
952
B994
1036
A884
921
958
434 B998
500 1038
571 1079
649 C1121
735 1163
B990 572
C1037 654
1036
C1082
611
695
1080
C1124
1.0
Rpm Bhp
850 257
301
350
405
466
533
607
687
773
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
1.2
Rpm
900
933
967
1003
B1041
1079
1119
C1160
D1202
Bhp Rpm
2.82 949
3.27 979
3.79 B1011
4.35 1046
4.98 1082
5.67 1119
C
6.42 1158
7.23 1198
D
8.12 1238
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.81.4
Bhp
306
354
407
465
529
599
676
759
849
Rpm
995
1023
B1054
1087
1122
C1158
1195
D1234
1273
1.6
Bhp
331
380
435
494
560
632
710
795
887
Rpm
1040
1066
B1095
1127
C 1160
1195
D1231
1269
1308
Bhp
356
406
462
524
591
664
744
830
9.23
Rpm
1083
1108
B1135
1165
1197
D1231
1267
1303
1341
2.0
Bhp
381
4.33
4.90
5.53
6.22
6.96
7.78
8.65
9.60
LEGEND
Bhp -- BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates fieId-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,575 Bhp (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Rpm
607
652
699
746
794
842
891
940
99O
Table 5 -- Fan Performance --48PGF20 --Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
0.2
Bhp
1.53
1.90
232 A
279
333
393
4.59
5.32 B
612 C
Rpm
677
719
763
807
851
897
943
990
1037
0.4
Bhp
1.80
2.19
2.63 A
3.12
3.68
4.30
4.98 B
5.72 C
6.54
0.6
Rpm Bhp
740 2.06
779 2.47 A
819 2.93
861 3.44
904 4.02
947 4.65 B
991 5.35
1036 6.11 C
1082 6.95c
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
(in. wg)
0.8
Rpm
797
833
872
911
952
994
1036
1080
1124
Bhp
231
274 A
322
375
434 B
5.00
5.71
649 C
735
1.0
Rpm Bhp
850 257
884 301
921 350
958 405
998 466
1038 533
1079 607
1121 687
1163 773
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
A
1003
B1041
1079
1119
C1160
D 1202
1.2
Rpm
900
933
967
Bhp
282
327
379
435
498
567
642
723
812
Rpm
949
979
B1011
1046
1082
1119
C1158
1198
D1238
1.4
Bhp Rpm
3.06 995
3.54 1023
4.07 B1054
4.65 1087
5.29 1122
5.99 C 1158
6.76 1195
7.59 D 1234
8.49 1273
1.6
Bhp
3.31
3.80 B
4.35
4.94
5.60 C
6.32
7.10 D
7.95
8.87
(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm
1040
1066
1095
1127
1160
1195
1231
1269
1308
Bhp
356
406 B
462
524
591
664 D
744
830
9.23
2.0
Rpm
1083
1108
1135
1165
1197
1231
1267
1303
1341
Bhp
381
433
490
553
622
696
778
8.65
9.60
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower Input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,575 Bhp (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
Table 6 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD24 -- Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.4 0.6
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
633
677
722
767
813
859
906
962
999
1047
0.2
Bhp
1.82
2.21
2.67
3.17
3.74
4.36
5.05
5.81
6.63
7.53
Rpm
7O3
744
A786
828
871
915
B959
1004
C 1049
1094
Bhp
211
253
301
353
412
4.77
547
625
709
800
B
C
Rprn
764
8O3
842
883
924
966
1008
1051
1094
1138
Bhp
240
284 A
333
388 933
4.48 972
B
515 1012
587 1053
667 C1095
753 1137
846 D1180
0.8
Rpm
82O
857
894
Bhp
267 A
313
364 942
421 979
B
483 1017
552 1056
626 C 1096
707 1136
795 1177
D
890 1219
1.0
Rpm
872
9O7
Bhp
294
342
3.95
453
518
586
664
747
836
933
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.4 1.6 1.8
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
A921
954
988
B1024
1060
1098
C 1137
1176
1216
D1256
1.2
Bhp
3.21
3.70
4.25
4.85
5.51
6.23
7.01
7.86
8.77
9.75
Rpm
968
999
B1032
1066
1101
C 1138
1175
1214
D1253
1292
Bhp
348
399
455
517
584
658
738
824
917
1016
c
D
Rpm
1014
1042
1073
1106
1140
1176
1212
1250
1288
1327
Bhp Rpm
374 1057
427 B1084
485 1114
548 C1145
617 1178
692 1213
D
774 1248
861 1285
956 1322
10.57 1360
Bhp
401
455 B
514
579
650 D
726
809
899
9.95
10.98
2.0
Rpm
1099
1125
1153
1183
1215
1249
1283
1319
1355
1393
Bhp
4.27
4.83
5.44
6.10
6.82
7.60
8.45
9.36
10.33
11.38
LEGEND
Bhp -- BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954, 575 Bhp (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
10
Table 7 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE24 -- Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 0.2
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
652
699
746
794
842
891
940
990
1039
1089
Bhp
1.90
232 A
279
333
393
4.59
532 B
612
700 C
795
Rpm
719
763
807
851
897
943
990
1037
1085
1133
0.4
Bhp
2.19
2.63 A
3.12
3.68
4.30
4.98 B
5.72
6.54 C
7.43
8.40 D
0.6
Rpm Bhp
779 2.47
819 2.93 A
861 3.44
904 4.02
947 4.65 B
991 5.35
1036 6.11
1082 6.95 C
1128 7.85
1174 8.83 D
(in. wg)
0.8
Rpm
833
872
911
952
994
1036
1080
1124
1168
1213
Bhp
274 A
322
375
434 B
5.00
5.71
6.49 C
7.35
8.27 D
9.26
1.0
Rprn Bhp
884 301
921 350
958 405
998 466
1038 533
1079 607
1121 687
1163 773
1207 867
1251 969
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 1.2 2.0
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
A
B
C
D
Rpm
933
967
1003 4.35
1041 4.98
1079 5.67 C
1119 6.42
1160 7.23
1202 8.12 D
1244 9.07
1287 10.10
Bhp
3.27
3.79 B
Rpm
979
1011
1046
1082
1119
1158
1198
1238
1279
1321
1.4
Bhp
3.54
4.07 B
4.65
5.29
5.99 C
6.76
7.59 D
8.49
9.46
10.61
1.6
Rpm Bhp
1023 380
1054 435 B
1087 494
1122 560 C
1158 632
1195 710 D
1234 795
1273 887
1314 9.85
1355 10.91
(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm
1066
1095
1127
1160
1195
1231
1269
1308
1347
1387
Bhp Rpm
406 1108
462 B1135
524 1165
591 1197
664 D1231
744 1267
830 1303
9.23 1341
10.24 1379
11.31
Bhp
433
490
553
622
696
778
8.65
9.60
10.62
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954, 575 Bhp (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
11
Table 8 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF24 -- Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.2 0.4 0.6
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
652
699
746
794
842
891
940
990
1039
1089
Bhp
1.90
2.32
2.79
3.33
3.93
4.59
6.32 B
6.12
7.00 C
7.95
Rpm
719
763
A807
851
897
943
990
1037
1085
1133
Bhp
219
263
312
368
4.30
4.98
572
654
743
840
B
C
D
Rprn
779
819
861
904
947
991
1036
1082
1128
1174
Bhp
247
293 A
344
402 952
4.65 B994
535 1036
611 1080
695 C 1124
785 1168
883 D 1213
0.8
Rpm
833
872
911
Bhp
274 A
322 921
375 958
434 B 998
500 1038
571 1079
649 C 1121
735 1163
827 1207
D
926 1251
1.0
Rpm
884
Bhp
301
350
405
466
533
607
687
773
867
969
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
A
B
C
D
Rpm
933
967
1003
1041
1079
1119
1160
1202
1244
1287
1.2
Bhp
327
379
435
498
567
642
723
812
907
1010
Rpm
979
1011
B1046
1082
1119
C1158
1198
D1238
1279
1321
Bhp
354
407
465
529
599
676
759
849
946
10.51
B
C
D
Rpm
1023
1054
1087
1122
1158
1195
1234
1273
1314
1355
Bhp Rpm
380 1066
435 B1095
494 1127
560 C 1160
632 1195
710 D 1231
795 1269
887 1308
9.85 1347
10.91 1387
Bhp Rpm
406 1108
462 B1135
524 1165
591 1197
664 D1231
744 1267
830 1303
9.23 1341
10.24 1379
11.31
Bhp
4.33
4.90
5.53
6.22
6.96
7.78
8.65
9.60
10.62
LEGEND
Bhp -- BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954, 575 Bhp (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
12
Table 9 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD28 -- Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
A
B
C
D
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
Rprn
750
797
845
892
939
986
1033
1079
1126
1172
1219
1265
1311
0.2
Bhp
2.84
3.38
3.99
4.65
5.38
6.17
7.03
7.95
8.94
10.00
11.13
12.34
13.63
Rprn
806
A853
900
B948
995
C1042
1090
1137
D1184
1232
1279
1326
0.4
Bhp
3.18 A
3.77
4.42 B
5.13
5.91
6.76 C
7.69
8.68 D
9.75
10.90
12,12
13.42
0.6
Rpm Bhp
854 349
899 409 B
945 476
991 551
1038 632 C
1085 721
1132 817
1180 921 D
1227 1033
1274 11.52
1322 12.80
(in. wg)
0.8
Rpm
898
941
985
1030
1076
1122
1169
1216
1263
1310
1357
Bhp
379 B
441
509
586 C
669
760
859
966 D
1081
12.04
13.35
Rprn
943
982
1024
1067
1112
1157
1203
1249
1296
1342
1.0
Bhp
412
474
543
620
705
798
899
1008
11 25
12.51
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 1.2
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
B
C
Rpm
988
1024
1063 5.78
1104 6.55
1146 7.41
1190 8.35
1235 9.37
1280 10.48
1326 11.67
1372 12.95
Bhp
4.49
5.09 C
D
Rpm
1035
1066
1101
1140
1180
1222
1266
1310
1355
1.4
Bhp
4.89
5.48 C
6.15
6.92
7.78
8.73 D
9.76
10.88
12.08
1.6
Rpm Bhp
1082 533 C
1109 590
1141 656
1176 732 D
1214 817
1255 911
1296 1015
1340 11.28
1384 12.49
(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm
1130
1153
1181
1213
1249
1287
1327
1369
Bhp
581
635 D
699
774
858
952
10.55
11.68
2.0
Rpm
1177
1197
1222
1251
1283
1319
1357
1398
Bhp
632
685
746
819
9.01
9.94
10.97
12.10
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-suppfled motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 687-873,575 Bhp
(B) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
]3
Table 10 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE28 -- Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.8
(Cfm)
A
B
C
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
Rpm
775
826
878
929
981
1033
1085
1137
1190
1242
1294
1347
0.2
Bhp
299
358
424
498
578
667
Rpm
A825
875
B 925
975
1026
C 1076
0.4
Bhp
330 A
392 B
461
537
620 C
712
Rpm
871
918
966
1015
1064
1114
0.6
Bhp
360
423
494
572
658
751
Rpm
915
B959
1005
1052
C1100
1148
Bhp
391
455
526
606
693
789
764
869
982
1105
12.37
13.78
1128
1179
1230
1282
1333
812
920 D
1037
11.63
12.98
1164
1214
1265
1316
1367
854 1198
964 D1247
1084 1297
12.12 1347
13.50
Rpm
959
B1000
1043
C 1088
1134
1181
893 D 1229
1005 1278
1127 1327
12.58 1376
1.0
Bhp
4.25
4.88
5.60
6.40
7.28
8.25
9.31
10.45
11.68
13.01
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.2 1.8
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
B
C
D
Rpm
1004
1041
1081
1124
1168
1214
1260
1308
1356
596
676
764
862
969
10.84
12.09
Bhp Rpm
462 1050
524 1083
C1120
1160
1202
D 1245
1290
1337
1384
1.4
Bhp
503
564 C
634
713
802 D
900
1007
11.23
12.49
Rpm
1098
1126
1159
1196
1235
1277
1320
1365
1.6
Bhp
548
607
675
754
842
939
10.47
11.63
Rpm
1145
C1170
1199
D1233
1269
1309
1351
1394
Bhp
597
654
720
797
884
9.81
10.88
12.05
LEGEND
Bhp -- B_keHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(B) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
2.0
Rpm Bhp
1192 6.49
1214 7.04
D1240 7.68
1270 8.43
1304 9.28
1341 10.24
1381 11.31
14
Table 11 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF28 --Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
A
B
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
Rprn
775
826
878
929
981
1033
1085
1137
1190
1242
1294
1347
0.2
Bhp Rpm
2.99 A825
3.58 875
4.24 B925
4.98 975
5.78 1026
6.67 C 1076
7.64 1128
8.69 1179
D
9.82 1230
11.05 1282
12.37 1333
13.78
0.4
Bhp
3.30
3.92
4.61
5.37
6.20
7.12
8.12
9.20 D
10.37
11.63
12.98
0.6
Rpm Bhp
A871 360
918 423 B
B966 494
1015 572
1064 658 C
C1114 751
1164 854
1214 964 D
1265 1084
1316 12.12
1367 13.50
(in. wg)
0.8
Rpm
915
959
1005
1052
1100
1148
1198
1247
1297
1347
Bhp Rpm
391 959
B
455 1000
526 1043
606 C1088
693 1134
789 1181
893 D 1229
1005 1278
1127 1327
12.68 1376
1.0
Bhp
425
488
560
640
728
825
931
1045
11.68
13.01
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 1.2
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
B
C
D
Rpm
1004
1041
1081
1124
1168
1214
1260
1308
1356
Bhp Rpm
4.62 1050
5.24 1083
C
5.96 1120
6.76 1160
7.64 1202
8.62 D 1245
9.69 1290
10.84 1337
12.09 1384
1.4
Bhp Rpm
5.03 1098
5.64 C 1126
6.34 1159
7.13 1196
8.02 D 1235
9.00 1277
10.07 1320
11.23 1365
12.49
1.6
Bhp
548
607 C
675
754 D
842
939
10.47
11.63
(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm
1145
1170
1199
1233
1269
1309
1351
1394
Bhp
597
654
720
797
884
9.81
10.88
12.05
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-suppfled motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 687-873,575 Bhp
(B) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
2.0
Rpm Bhp
1192 649
1214 704
D1240 768
1270 843
1304 9.28
1341 10.24
1381 11.31
15
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Rpm
533
571
610
650
691
732
775
817
860
Table 12 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG20 --Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Bhp
1.27
1.57
1.92
2.31
275
324
379
4.40
5.06
Rpm
611
643
676
712
748
A788
824
863
904
Bhp
1.54
1.86
2.21
261
308
357
412
4.74
5.41
Rpm
682
711
74O
772
8O5
839
874
911
948
Bhp
1.82
215
252
293
339
391
4.47
5.09
577
Rpm
748
773
8OO
A829
859
891
924
B958
C 993C
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.4 1.6 1.8
Bhp
210
244
282 A
325
373
425
4.83 B
546 C
615
1.0
Rpm
8O8
832
857
883
911
941
972
1003
1036
Bhp
237
273
313
358
407
4.61
519
584
654
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
B
C
Rpm
865
886
910
935
961
989
1018
1048
1079
1.2
Bhp
264
302
344
390
440
496
556
622
693
Rprn Bhp
A918 291
938 331
960 374
B 984 422
1008 474
1035 531
1062 593
C 1091 660
1121 732
Rpm
969
988
1008
1030
1054
1079
1105
1133
1161
Bhp
317
359
405
454
508
566
629 C
698
771 D
Rpm
1018
1035
B1054
1075
1098
1122
1147
1173
1201
Bhp
344
387
435 B
486
541
601 C
666
736 D
811
2.0
Rpm
1065
1081
1099
1118
1140
1163
1187
1212
1239
Bhp
370
416
465
518
575
636
702
773
850
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower input to Fan
Boldface indicates fieId-supplied drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
575 Bhp 4 (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
16
Table 13- Fan Performance- 50PG24- Vertical Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.6
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
571 1,57
610 1.92
650 2.31
691 2.75
732 3.24
775 3.79
817 4.40
860 5.06
903 5.79
947 6.57
0.4
Rpm
643
676
712
748
786
824
863
904
944
985
Bhp
1.86
2.21
2.61
3.06
3.57
4.12
4.74
5.41
6.14
6.93
Rpm
711
74O
772
8O5
839
874
911
948
986
1025
Bhp
2.15
2.52
2.93
3.39
3.91
4.47
5.09
5.77
6.51
7.32
Rpm
773
8O0
A829
859
891
924
B 958
993
C 1028
1065
0.8
Bhp
2.44
2.82
3.25
3.73
4.25
4.83
5.46
6.15
6.90
7.71
1.0
Rpm
832
857
A883
911
941
B972
1003
1036
C1070
1105
Bhp
2.73
3.13
3.58
4.07
4.61
519
584
6.54
7.29
8.11
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.6
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
A
B
C
Rpm
886
910
935
961
989
1018
1048
1079
1112
1145
1.2
Bhp
3.02
3.44
3.90
4.40
4.96
5.56
6.22
6.93
7.70
8.52
1.4
Rpm Bhp
A938 3.31
960 3.74
984 4.22
B1008 4.74
1035 5.81
1062 5.93
1091 6.60
C1121 7.32
1152 8.10
D 1184 8.94
Rpm
988
1008
1030
1054
1079
1105
1133
1161
1191
1222
Bhp
3.59
4.05 B
4.54
5.08
5.66
6.29 C
6.98
7.71
8.51 D
9.36
Rpm
1035
1054
1075
1098
1122
1147
1173
1201
1229
1259
1.8
Bhp
3.87
4.35
4.86
5.41
6.01
6.66
7.36
8.11
8.91
9.78
2.0
Rpm
1081
1099
B1118
1140
C 1163
1187
1212
D 1239
1266
1295
Bhp
4.16
4.65
5.18
5.75
6.36
7.02
7.73
8.50
9.32
10.20
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
5.75 Bhp (5.75-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIi other rpms require fieId-sapplied drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
17
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
B
C
D
Table 14 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG28 --Vertical Supply/Return Units
Rpm
734
728
746
786
827
870
913
987
1002
1047
1092
1137
1182
0.2
Bhp
274
288 A
315
362
415 B
474
540
611 C
689
773
863
961 D
1065
0.4
Rpm
752
792
831
869
9O5
94O
975
1010
1047
1086
1126
1168
1210
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6 0.8
Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm
285 A803 316 A848
335 844 370 887
388 884 429 927
B
445 B925 494 968
504 964 563 1008
566 1003 836 C 1049
630 C 1042 713 1089
698 1079 794 1128
772 1115 878 D1167
853 D1150 965 1205
941 1185 1054 1242
1036 1220 11 47 1278
1139 1256 12.46 1314
Bhp
345
401 B
463
530
604
683 C
768
857
952 D
1050
11.53
12.59
13.68
Rpm
891
928
966
1006
1046
1086
1127
1167
1207
1247
1286
1325
1.0
Bhp
374
430
494
564
640
722
811
906
1006
1113
12,24
13,40
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
B
C
D
Rpm
934
967
1003
1041
1081
1121
1161
1202
1242
1282
1322
1.2 1.4
Bhp Rpm
405 978
B
461 1007
525 1040
596 1076
C
674 1114
759 1153
8 50 1193
948 D1233
1053 1273
11.64 1314
12.81 1354
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6 1.8
Bhp
440
494
557 C
D
629
707
793
887
987
1095
12.09
13.30
Rpm
1023
1048
1078
1111
1147
1184
1223
1263
1303
1343
1384
Bhp Rpm
478 1071
530 1090
C
592 1116
663 1146
742 1179
828 1215
D
923 1253
1025 1291
11.35 1331
12.52 1371
13.76
Bhp
522
570 C
630
699
777 D
864
959
1062
11.73
12.92
LEGEND
Bhp -- B_keHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor and drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(B) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor/drive
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
Rpm
1119
1134
1155
1181
1212
1246
1282
1319
1358
1397
2.0
Bhp
571
615
671
737
814
901
9.96
11.00
12.12
13.32
18
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Table 15 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD20 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
Rpm
862
937
F1013
1089
G1166
1243
H1320
1398
0.2
Bhp
2.55
326
358
4.48
552
671
807
9.60
Rpm
917
F988
1060
G 1133
1207
H1282
1356
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.80.4
Bhp
2.93 F
3.56
3.96
4.89 G
5.96 H
7.18
8.57
Rpm
969
1036
1105
1175
1247
1319
1392
0.6
Bhp
3.21
3.53
4.35
5.31
6.41
7.66
9.08
Rpm
1019
F1083
1149
G 1216
H 1285
1355
Bhp
3.17 F
3.90 G
4.75
5.73 H
6.86
8.14
1.0
Rpm Bhp
1066 352
1127 428
1191 516
1256 617
1323 732
1391 8.63
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Rpm
F1112
1171
G1232
H1295
1360
1.2
Bhp
388
467
557
661
7.80
Rpm
F1156
G 1212
1271
H1333
1396
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.4
Bhp
4.25 G
5.06
6.00 H
7.06
8.27
Rpm
1199
1253
1310
1369
1.6
Bhp
4.63
5.47
6.43
7.52
Rpm
G1240
H1292
1348
1.8
Bhp
502 G
588 H
6.87
2.0
Rpm Bhp
1280 542
1331 630
1384 7.31
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower Input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108,575 Bhp (575-v)
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 8.63 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
19
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
F
G
H
Table 16 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE20 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
Rpm
875
962
1029
1106
1184
1262
1341
0.2
Bhp
2.74
3.38
3.74
4.67
5.75
7.00
8.41
Rpm
931
F1003
1077
G1151
1226
H1302
1378
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.80.4
Bhp
304 F
332
415 G
511
623 H
750
8.95
Rpm
984
1053
1123
1194
1266
1340
0.6
Bhp
334
370
456
556
671
8.01
Rpm
1035
F1100
G1167
1236
H1306
1377
Bhp
333 F
409 G
498
601 H
719
8.53
m
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Rpm Bhp Rprn Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm
1174 445 1218 484 G1259 523 G 1300
1.0
Rpm Bhp
1083 369
1145 4.49
1210 541
1276 647
1344 7.68
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
F
G
H
Rpm Bhp
1130 4.07
1189 4.90
1251 5.85
1315 6.94
1381 8.18
G1232
H1292
1354
531
629
7.41
G
1273
H1331
1391
572
674
7.89
H1313
1369
615
7.19
1352
2.0
Bhp
5.63
6.58
LEGEND
Bhp -- BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates fieId-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108, 575 Bhp (575-v)
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 863 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
2O
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Table 17 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF20 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
Rpm
875
952
F1029
1106
G1184
H 1262
1341
0.2
Bhp
2.74
338
374
4.67
575
700
8.41
Rpm
931
F1003
1077
G1151
1226
H1302
1378
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.4
Bhp Rpm
3.04 984
F
3.32 1053
4.15 1123
G
5.11 1194
6.23 H 1266
7.50 1340
8.95
0.6 0.8
Bhp Rpm
3.34 1035
F
3.70 1100
4.56 G 1167
5.56 1236
H
6.71 1306
8.01 1377
Bhp
333 F
409 G
498
601 H
719
8.53
1.0
Rpm Bhp
1083 369
1145 449
1210 541
1276 647
1344 7.68
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Rpm Bhp
F1130 407
G1189 490
1251 585
H1315 694
1381 8.18
1.2
Rpm
1174
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.4 1.6 1.8
Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm
4.45 1218 4.84 G 1259
G1273
H1331
1391
5.72
6.74
7.89
H1313
1369
Bhp Rpm
523 G1300
1352
G1232
H1292
1354
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
5.31
6.29
7.41
615
7.19
2.0
Bhp
563
6.58
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower Input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108,575 Bhp (575-v)
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 8.63 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
21
Table 18 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD24 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.8
(Cfm)
F
G
H
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
937
1013
1089
1166
1243
1320
1398
0.2
Bhp
3.26
3.58
4.49
5.52
6.71
8.07
9.60
Rpm
988
F1060
G 1133
1207
H1282
1366
0.4
Bhp
356 F
396
489 G
596 H
718
8.57
Rprn
1036
1105
1175
1247
1319
1392
0.6
Bhp
353
4.35
531
641
766
9.08
Rpm
F1083
1149
G1216
H 1285
1366
Bhp
390 G
475
573 H
686
8.14
m
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
(Cfm) Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm
4.67 G 1212 506 G 1253 547 H1292
1.0
Rpm Bhp
1127 428
1191 516
1256 617
1323 732
1391 8.63
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
1171
G1232
H 1295
1360
LEGEND
5.57 H
6.61
7.80
1271
1333
1396
600 H
706
8.27
1310
1369
643
7.52
1348
Bhp Rpm
588 H1331
6.87 1384
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108, 575 Bhp (575-v)
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 863 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
Bhp
630
7.31
22
Table 19 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE24 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.2
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
952
F1029
1106
G 1184
H 1262
1341
Bhp
338
374
4.67
575
700
8.41
Rpm
1003
F1077
G 1151
1226
H1302
1378
0.4
Bhp Rpm
3.32 F1053
4.15 1123
G
5.11 1194
8.23 H 1266
7.50 1340
8.95
0.6 0.8
Bhp Rpm
3.70 F1100
4.56 G 1167
5.56 1236
H
6.71 1306
8.01 1377
m
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.8
(Cfm)
Bhp
4.09 G
4.98
8.01 H
7.19
8.53
1.0
Rpm Bhp
1145 449
1210 541
1276 647
1344 7.68
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
G1189
1251
H1315
1381
LEGEND
1.2
Bhp
490
585
694
8.18
Rpm
1232
1292
1354
1.4
Bhp
5.31 G
8.29 H
7.41
Rpm
1273
1331
1391
1.6
Bhp
5.72
6.74
7.89
Rpm
H1313
1369
Bhp
8.15
7.19
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower Input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108,575 Bhp (575-v)
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 8.63 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
2.0
Rpm Bhp
1352 6.58
23
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Table 20 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF24 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
F
G
H
Rpm
952
1029
1106
1184
1262
1341
0.2
Bhp
3.38
3.74
4.67
5.75 1226
H
7.00 1302
8.41 1378
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.4 0.6 0.8
Bhp Rpm Bhp Rprn
332 F1053 370 F1100
415 1123 456 G 1167
G
511 1194 556 1236
1266
1340
H
671 1306
8.01 1377
Bhp Rpm
409 1145
G
498 1210
601 H 1276
Rpm
1003
F1077
G 1151
623 H
750
8.95
719 1344
8.53
1.0
Bhp
449
541
647
7.68
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.8
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
G1189
1251
H1315
1381
LEGEND
1.2
Bhp
4.90
5.85
6.94
8.18
Rpm
G1232
H1292
1354
1.4
Bhp
531 G
629 H
7.41
Rpm
1273
1331
1391
1.6
Bhp
572
674
7.89
Rpm
H1313
1369
Bhp
615
7.19
Bhp -- Brake Horsepower input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108, 575 Bhp (575-v)
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 863 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
2.0
Rprn
1352
Bhp
6.58
24
Table 21 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD28 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 0.2
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
E
F
G
H
Rprn
786
842
898
955
1012
1069
1127
1184
1242
1299
1357
Bhp Rpm
3.06 819
E
3.69 871
4.40 925
F
5.20 979
6.08 1034
7.05 G 1090
8.11 1146
9.27 1202
H
10.52 1258
11,88 1315
13.35 1372
0.4
Bhp
3.26 E
3.89 905
4.61 F955
5.40 1007
6.29 1059
7.26 G1113
8.32 1167
9.49 1221
H
10.75 1276
12.11 1332
13.58
0.6
Rpm Bhp
857 351
414 F
485
585
853 G
750
857
973 H
1099
12.36
(in. wg)
0.8
Rpm
899
943
989
1037
1087
1138
1190
1243
1296
1350
Bhp
380 F
442
513
592 G
680
777
884 H
1000
1126
12.63
Rpm
943
983
1026
1070
1117
1165
1215
1266
1318
1370
1.0
Bhp
412
474
544
623
710
807
913
1029
11.55
12.92
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 1.2
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
F
G
H
Rpm
988
1024
1063
1105
1149
1194
1242
1290
1340
1391
Bhp
4.49
5.09 G
5.79
8.57
7.44
8.40 H
9.48
10.61
11.87
13.23
Rpm
1035
1066
1102
1140
1181
1225
1270
1316
1364
1.4
Bhp
4.89
5.48 G
8.16
8.93
7.79 H
8.75
9.80
10.96
12.21
1.6
Rpm Bhp
1082 533 G
1109 589
1141 656
1176 732 H
1215 818
1256 913
1298 10.17
1343 11.32
1389 12.57
(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm
1129
1153
1181
1213
1249
1287
1328
1370
Bhp Rpm
581 1177
635 1197
699 H1221
774 1250
858 1283
953 1319
10.57 1358
11.71 1399
2.0
Bhp
632
684
746
818
902
9.95
10.98
12.12
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-suppfled motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873,575 Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5.75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
25
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,OOO
11,500
12,000
12,500
E
F
G
Table 22 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE28 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
Rpm
799
856
913
971
1029
1087
1145
1203
1261
1320
1378
0.2
Bhp
314
379
452
533
624
723
832
950
1079
12.18
13.68
Rpm
E 833
887
F941
996
1052
G1108
1165
1222
H1279
1337
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.4
Bhp
335 E
400 F
474
555
646 G
746
855 H
974
1103
12.43
Rpm
872
921
972
1024
1078
1132
1187
1243
1299
1355
0.6
Bhp
361
425
499
580
671
771
880
1000
11.28
12.70
Rpm
914
F958
1006
1055
G1106
1158
1211
H1265
1319
1374
0.8
Bhp
390 F
454
527
608 G
699
799
908 H
1028
11.58
12.98
1.0
Rpm
958
999
1042
1088
1136
1185
1236
1288
1341
1394
Bhp
4.24
4.87
5.59
6.40
7.30
8.29
9.39
10.58
11,88
13.28
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
F
G
Rpm
1005
1041
1080
1122
1167
1214
1262
1312
1363
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.2 1.8
Bhp Rpm
462 1052
524 1084
G
594 1119
674 1158
763 1200
863 H 1244
972 1290
10.91 1338
12.20 1387
1.4
Bhp
505
564 G
633
712
800 H
899
1007
11.25
12.55
Rpm
1100
1128
1160
1195
1234
1275
1319
1365
1.6
Bhp
551
609
676
753
840
937
10.45
11.63
Rpm
1148
G1172
1201
H 1233
1269
1308
1349
1392
Bhp
600
657 H
722
797
883
9.79
10.85
12.02
LEGEND
Bhp -- B_keHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 575 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
2.0
Rpm Bhp
1195 6.52
1217 7.08
1242 7.71
1272 8.45
1304 8.29
1340 10,23
1379 11.28
26
Table 23 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF28 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 0.2
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
E
F
G
H
Rprn
799
856
913
971
1029
1087
1145
1203
1261
1320
1378
Bhp
3.14 E
3.79
4.52 F
5.33
8.24
7.23 G
8.32
9.50 H
10.79
12.18
13.68
Rpm
833
887
941
996
1052
1108
1165
1222
1279
1337
0.4
Bhp
3.35 E
4.00 F
4.74
5.55
8.46 G
7.46
8.55 H
9.74
11.03
12.43
0.6
Rpm Bhp
872 361
921 425 F
972 499
1024 580
1078 671 G
1132 771
1187 880 H
1243 1000
1299 11.29
1355 12.70
(in. wg)
0.8
Rpm
914
958
1006
1055
1106
1158
1211
1265
1319
1374
Bhp
390 F
454
527
608 G
699
799
908 H
1028
11.58
12.98
1.0
Rprn Bhp
958 424
999 487
1042 559
1088 640
1136 7 30
1185 829
1236 939
1288 1058
1341 11.88
1394 13.28
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
AIRFLOW 1.2
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
Bhp --
Rpm
F1005
1041
1080
G1122
1167
1214
H1262
1312
1363
LEGEND
5.94
6.74
7.63
8.63
9.72
10.91
12.20
Bhp Rpm
4.62 1052
5.24 1084
G1119
1158
1200
H1244
1290
1338
1387
1.4
Bhp
5.05
5.64 G
6.33
7.12
8.00 H
8.99
10.07
11.25
12.55
1.6
Rpm Bhp
1100 551 G
1128 609
1160 676
1195 753 H
1234 848
1275 937
1319 10.45
1365 11.63
(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm
1148
1172
1201
1233
1269
1308
1349
1392
Bhp
600
657 H
722
797
883
9.79
10.85
12.02
Brake Horsepower Input to Fan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873,575 Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5.75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
Atl other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
2.0
Rpm Bhp
1195 652
1217 708
1242 771
1272 845
1304 9.29
1340 10.23
1379 11.28
27
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
Table 24 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG20 -- Horizontal Supply/Return Units
Rpm
575
619
663
708
753
800
847
894
941
0.2
Bhp
1,37
1.71
2.09
253
302
358
420
4,88
563
0.4
Rpm
642
682
723
765
8O7
85O
894
939
983
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6 0.8
Bhp
1.61
1.96
235
280
330
386
4.48
5.17
592
Rpm
7OO
737
776
816
857
898
940
982
1025
Bhp
184
221
262
308
359
416
4.60
549
624
Rpm
754
788
E825
863
9O2
942
F982
1024
G1065
Bhp
208
245 E
288
335
388
4.47 F
511
582 G
658
1.0
Rpm
8O8
837
871
9O6
944
982
1022
1062
1103GG
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6 1.8 2.0
Bhp
2.33
2.71
3.14
3.63
4.17
4.77
5.43
6.14
6.92
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
E
F
G
Rpm
862
886
916
949
984
1021
1059
1099
1138
1.2
Bhp
260
297
341
390
446
507
574
647
726
1.4
Rpm
917
935
960
990
1023
1059
1095
1133
1172
Bhp
289
325
369
419
475
537
605
679
759
G
H
Rpm
972
985
1005
1032
1062
1095
1130
1167
1205
Bhp
320
355
398 F
448
504
567 G
636
711 H
793
Rpm
1028
1035
1050
1073
1100
1131
1165
1200
1237
Bhp Rpm
353 1084
387 1086
429 F1096
478 1114
534 1139
598 G 1167
667 1199
743 H1232
826 1268
Bhp
3.89
4.21
4.61
5.10
5.66
6.29
6.99
7.76
8.59
LEGEND
Bhp -- BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates fieId-supplied drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
575 Bhp (575-v)
(F) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176 863 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes
28
Table 25 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG24 -- Horizontal Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.6
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
Rpm
619
663
7O8
753
8OO
847
894
941
989
1037
0.2
Bhp
1.71
2.09
2.53
3.02
3.58
4.20
4.88
5.63
6.45
7.34
0.4
Rpm
682
723
765
807
850
894
939
983
1029
1075
Bhp
1.96
2.35
2.80
3.30
3.86
4.48
5.17
5.92
6.74
7.63
F
G
Rpm
737
776
816
857
898
940
982
1025
1069
1113
Bhp
2.21
2.62 E
3.08
3.59
4.16
4.80 F
5.49
6.24 G
7.07
7.96
Rpm
788
825
863
9O2
942
982
1024
1065
1108
1150
0.8
Bhp
2.45
2.88
3.35
3.88
4.47
5.11
5.82
6.58
7.41
8.32
1.0
Rpm
837
E871
9O6
944
982
F1022
1062
G 1103
1144
H 1186
Bhp
2.71
3.14
3.63
4.17
4.77
5.43
6.14
6.92
7.77
8.68
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.4 1.6 2.0
(Cfm)
5,500
6,000
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
E
F
G
H
Rpm
886
916
949
984
1021
1059
1099
1138
1179
1220
1.2
Bhp
2.97
3.41
3.90
4.46
5.07
5.74
6.47
7.26
8.12
9.04
E
F
G
H
Rpm
935
960
990
1023
1059
1095
1133
1172
1212
1252
Bhp
3.25
3.69
4.19
4.75
5.37
6.05
6.79
7.59
8.46
9.40
G
H
Rpm
985
1005
1032
1062
1095
1130
1167
1205
1244
1283
Bhp
3.55
3.98 F
4.48
5.04
5.67 G
6.36
7.11
7.93 H
8.81
9.76
Rpm
1035
1050
1073
1100
1131
1165
1200
1237
1275
1313
1.8
Bhp
3.87
4.29
4.78
5.34
5.98
6.67
7.43
8.26
9.15
10.11
Rpm
1086
1096
F1114
1139
G 1167
1199
H1232
1268
1305
1342
Bhp
4.21
4.61
5.10
5.66
6.29
6.99
7.76
8.59
9.50
10.47
LEGEND
Bhp -- Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 685-939,426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
5.75 Bhp (575-v)
(F) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.
29
Table 26 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG28 -- Horizontal Supply/Return Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 0.2
(Cfm)
E
F
G
H
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
Rpm
759
810
862
913
965
1017
1069
1121
1173
1226
1278
1331
Bhp
289 E
347
412 F
484
563
650 G
745
848
960 H
1081
12.11
13.51
0.4
Rpm
8O4
853
903
953
1003
1054
1105
1156
1207
1259
1310
518
599
689
786
892
1006
1130
12.62
Bhp
317 E
377
443 F
G
H
0.6
Rpm
844
891
939
988
1037
1087
1137
1187
1238
1288
1339
0.8
Bhp Rpm
342 883
404 F928
472 974
548 1021
632 G 1069
723 1118
822 1167
930 1216
H
1047 1266
11.72 1316
13.07 1366
Bhp
368
430
500
577
662
755
856
966
1085
12.12
13.49
1.0
Rpm
F922
964
1008
1053
G1100
1147
1195
H1243
1292
1342
Bhp
396
458
529
607
693
787
889
1001
1121
12.50
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
AIRFLOW 1.2 1.6 1.8
(Cfm)
6,500
7,000
7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
10,500
11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
F
G
H
Rpm
962
1000
1041
1085
1129
1175
1222
1270
1318
1366
Bhp
427 F
488
558 G
637
723
818
922 H
1034
11.56
12.86
1.4
Rpm
1003
1037
1075
1116
1159
1204
1249
1296
1343
1390
Bhp
461
521 G
590
668
755
Rpm Bhp Rpm
1045 498 1090
1075 556 G 1115
1110 624 1145
1148 701 1180
1189 788 H1219
850 H1232 883
955 1276 988
1068 1321 11.02
11.90 1367 12.25
13.22 -- --
1260
1302
1346
1391
Bhp
541
595
661
736
822
918
10.22
11.37
12.61
2.0
Rpm
1135
G1155
1182
1214
H1249
1288
1329
1371
Bhp
587
638
701
774
859
953
10.58
11.72
LEGEND
Bhp -- BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan
Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5,75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See betow for general fan performance notes.
GENERAL NOTES FOR FAN PERFORMANCE DATA TABLES
1 Static pressure losses from accessories and options (HumidFMiZer TM,
economizer, etc.) must be added to externaI static pressure before enter-
ing Fan Performance table. Refer to Tables 31 and 32 for Accessory/
FlOP Static Pressure information
2 Extensive motor and electrical testing on these units ensures that the full
range of the motor can be utitized with confidence Using the fan motors
up to the bhp ratings shown wilt not result in nuisance tripping or prema-
ture motor faiture. Unit warranty will not be affected See Tables 29 and
30 (Evaporator-Fan Motor Specifications) on page 31 and 32 for addi-
tional information.
3. Use of a field-suppIied motor may affect wire sizing. Contact your local
Carrier representative for detaits
4. InterpoIation is permissible. Do not extrapolate
Table 27 -- Air Quantity Limits (48PG20-28 Units)
48PG Minimum Cfm
5000
GASHEAT
COOLING
Maximum Cfm
9,000
10,000
12,000
High Heat (8 Cell)
20 V1edium Heat (8 Cell)
Low Heat (5 Cell)
High Heat (8 Cell)
24 5500 _edium Heat (8 Cell)
Low Heat (5 Cell)
High Heat (8 Cell)
28 6500 _edium Heat (8 Cell)
Low Heat (5 Cell)
*7000 cfm minimum recommended above 10 in wg external static pressure.
HEATING
(NAT. GAS,
VERTICAL)
MINIMUM CFM
5522
4977
4218
5522
4977
4218
5522
4977
4218
HEATING
(NAT. GAS,
HORIZONTAL)
MINIMUM CFM
5522
4977
4218
5522
4977
4218
5470*
4977*
4218
HEATING
(PROPANE,
VERTICAL)
MINIMUM CFM
5522
4480
4218
5522
4480
4218
5522
4480
4218
HEATING
(PROPANE,
HORIZONTAL)
MINIMUM CFM
4920
4480
3796
4920
4480
3796
4920*
4480*
3796
3O
5OPG
20
24
28
Table 28 -- Air Quantity Limits (50PG20-28 Units)
Minimum Cfm
5000
5500
6500
COOLING
Maximum Cfm
9,000
I0,000
I2,000
ELECTRIC HEAT
High Heat (75 kW)
Medium Heat (50 kW)
Low Heat (25 kW)
High Heat (75 kW)
Medium Heat (50 kW)
Low Heat (25 kW)
High Heat (75 kW)
Medium Heat (50 kW)
Low Heat (25 kW)
ELECTRIC HEAT
(Vertical)
MINIMUM CFM
4,500
3,756
3,750
4,560
3,756
3,750
4,560
3,756
3,750
Table 29 -- Evaporator Fan Motor Specifications -- 48PG20-28 Units
UNIT DRIVE ORIENTATION
46PG
Low Vertical
ELECTRIC HEAT
(Horizontal)
MINIMUM CFM
5.400
4.800
3.750
5.400
4.800
3.750
5.400
4.800
3.750
20
24
Mid-Low Vertical
Mid-High Vertical
High Vertical
Low Horizontal
Mid-Low Horizontal
Mid-High Horizontal
High Horizontal
Low Vertical
Mid-Low Vertical
Mid-High Vertical
High Vertical
Low Horizontal
Mid-Low Horizontal
Mid-High Horizontal
High Horizontal
NOMINAL HP
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
10
10
10
10
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
10
10
10
10
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
VOLTAGE
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
MAX WATTS
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6456
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
EFFICIENCY %
858
858
858
875
875
875
875
875
885
885
885
885
895
895
895
895
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
858
858
858
875
875
875
875
875
885
885
885
885
858
858
858
875
875
875
875
875
885
885
885
885
895
895
895
895
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
858
858
858
875
875
875
875
875
885
885
885
885
MAX EHP
426
426
426
588
537
600
600
588
766
851
900
900
994
10.45
11.19
11.65
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
426
426
426
588
537
600
600
588
766
851
900
900
426
426
426
588
537
600
600
588
766
851
900
900
994
10.45
11.19
11.65
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
426
426
426
588
537
600
600
588
766
851
900
900
MAX EkW
3.17
3.17
3.17
4.39
4.01
4.46
4.46
4.39
5.71
6.34
6.71
6.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.69
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.17
3.17
3.17
4.39
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
5.71
6.34
6.71
6.71
3.17
3.17
3.17
4.39
4.01
4.46
4.46
4.39
5.71
6.34
6.71
6.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.69
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.17
3.17
3.17
4.39
4.01
4.46
4.46
4.39
5.71
6.34
6.71
6.71
MAX AMPS
I0.6
96
48
60
I5.8
I5.4
77
60
22.0
22.0
I1.6
94
28.0
28.0
I5.0
I2.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
I0.6
96
48
60
I5.8
I5.4
77
60
22.0
22.0
I1.6
94
I0.6
96
48
60
I5.8
I5.4
77
60
22.0
22.0
I1.6
94
28.0
28.0
I5.0
I2.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
I0.6
96
48
60
I5.8
I5.4
77
60
22.0
22.0
I1.6
94
31
Table 29 -- Evaporator Fan Motor Specifications -- 48PG20-28 Units (cont)
UNIT
48PG DRIVE
Low
ORIENTATION
Vertical
Mid-Low Vertical
Mid-High Vertical
High Vertical
Low Horizontal
Mid-Low Horizontal
Mid-High Horizontal
High Horizontal
NOMINAL HP
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
I0
I0
I0
I0
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
I0
I0
I0
I0
VOLTAGE
2O8
23O
46O
575
2O8
23O
46O
575
2O8
23O
46O
575
208
230
460
575
2O8
230
460
575
2O8
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
MAX WATTS
4578
5115
5115
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
8711
4578
5115
5115
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
8711
EFFICIENCY %
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
MAX BHP
537
6.00
6.00
5.88
5.37
6.00
6.00
5.88
766
85I
8.00
8.00
9.94
10.45
1119
1165
537
6.00
6.00
586
537
6.00
6.00
5.88
766
85I
9.00
9.00
9.94
10.45
1119
1165
MAX BkW
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
5.71
6.34
6.71
6.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.69
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
5.71
6.34
6.71
6.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.69
NOTES:
1 Extensive motor and efactrical testing ensures that the motors can be uNized with con-
fidence up to the maximum applied bhp, watts, and amps. Using the fan motor up to
the maximum ratings shown wi}l not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor fail-
ure. Unit warranty will not be affected
2 All indoor-fan motors 5 hp and larger meet the minimum efficiency requirements as
established by the Energy Policy Act of 1892 (EPACT) effective October 24, 1997.
3. Convert bhp to watts using the following formula:
watts = bhp (746)
motor efficiency
MAX AMPS
158
154
77
6.0
158
154
77
6.0
220
220
116
8.4
280
280
150
120
158
154
77
6.0
158
154
77
6.0
220
220
116
8.4
280
280
150
120
Table 30 -- Evaporator Fan Motor Specifications -- 50PG20-28 Units
UNIT
5OPG DRIVE
Low
ORIENTATION
Vertical
Mid-Low Vertical
Mid-High Vertical
High Vertica_
Low Horizontal
Mid-Low Hobzontal
Mid-High Horizontal
High Horizontal
NOMINAL HP
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
I0
I0
I0
I0
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
I0
I0
I0
I0
VOLTAGE
2O8
23O
46O
575
2O8
23O
46O
575
2O8
23O
46O
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
2O8
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
208
230
460
575
MAX WATTS
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
EFFICIENCY %
85.8
85.8
85.8
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
85.8
85.8
85.8
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
87.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
89.5
MAX BHP
4.26
4.26
4.26
5.88
5.37
6.00
6.00
5.88
7.66
8.5I
8.00
9.00
9.94
10.45
11.19
11.65
4.26
4.26
4.26
5.88
5.37
6.00
6.00
5.88
7.66
8.5I
9.00
9.00
9.94
10.45
11.19
11.65
MAX BkW
317
317
317
439
401
448
448
439
571
634
671
671
741
779
835
869
317
317
317
439
401
448
448
439
571
634
671
671
741
779
835
869
MAX AMPE
10.6
9.6
4.8
6.0
15.8
15.4
7.7
6.0
22.0
22.0
11.6
9.4
26.0
26.0
15.0
12.0
10.6
9.6
4.8
6.0
15.8
15.4
7.7
6.0
22.0
22.0
11.6
9.4
26.0
26.0
15.0
12.0
NOTES:
I. Extensive motor and electrical testing ensures that the motors can be utilized with con-
fidence up to the maximum applied bhp, watts, and amps. Using the fan motor up to
the maximum ratings shown will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor fail-
ure Unit warranty will not be affected
2. All indoor-fan motors 5 hp and larger meet the minimum efficiency requirements as
established by the Energy Policy Act of 1892 (EPACT) effective October 24. 1997
3. Convert bhp to watts using the following formula:
watts = bhp (746)
motor efficiency
32
Table 30 -- Evaporator Fan Motor Specifications -- 50PG20-28 Units (cont)
UNiT
50PG
24
28
DRIVE
Low
ORIENTATION
Vertical
Mid-Low Vertical
Mid-High Vertical
High Vertical
Low Horizontal
Mid-Low Horizontal
Mid-High Horizontal
High Horizontal
Low Vertical
Mid-Low Vertical
Mid-High Vertical
High Vertical
Low Horizontal
Mid-Low Horizontal
Mid-High Horizontal
High Horizontal
NOMINAL HP
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
10
10
10
10
37
37
37
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
75
75
75
75
10
10
10
10
VOLTAGE
208
230
468
575
208
230
468
575
208
230
468
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
230
488
575
2O8
230
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
230
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
2O8
23O
488
575
MAX WATTS
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
3700
3700
3700
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
4578
5115
5115
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
4578
5115
5115
5015
4578
5115
5115
5015
6458
7169
7586
7586
8284
8708
9330
9711
NOTES: 2.
1 Extensive motor and electrical testing ensures that the motors can be utilized with con-
fidence up to the maximum applied bhp, watts, and amps. Using the fan motor up to 3.
the maximum ratings shown will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor fail-
ure Unit warranty will not be affected.
EFFICIENCY %MAX BNP
858 426
858 426
858 426
875 588
875 537
875 800
875 800
875 588
885 766
885 851
885 900
885 900
895 994
89.5 10.45
89.5 1119
89.5 1165
858 426
858 426
858 426
875 588
875 537
875 600
875 600
875 588
885 766
885 851
885 900
885 900
895 994
89.5 10.45
89.5 1119
89.5 1165
875 537
875 600
875 600
875 588
875 537
875 600
875 600
875 588
885 766
885 851
885 900
885 900
895 994
89.5 10.45
89.5 1119
89.5 1165
875 537
875 600
875 600
875 588
875 537
875 600
875 600
875 588
885 766
885 851
885 900
885 900
895 994
89.5 10.45
89.5 1119
89.5 1165
MAX BkW
3.17
3.17
3.17
4.39
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
5.71
8.34
8.71
8.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.89
3.17
3.17
3.17
4.39
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
5.71
8.34
8.71
8.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.69
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
5.71
6.34
8.71
8.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.69
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
4.01
4.48
4.48
4.39
5.71
6.34
8.71
8.71
7.41
7.79
8.35
8.69
MAX AMPS
10.6
9.6
4.8
60
158
154
77
6.0
220
220
118
9.4
280
280
150
120
10.8
9.8
4.8
6.0
158
154
77
60
220
220
118
9.4
280
28.0
150
120
158
154
77
6.0
158
154
77
60
220
220
116
9.4
280
28.0
15.0
120
158
154
77
6.0
158
154
77
6.0
220
220
116
9.4
280
28.0
15.0
120
All indoor-fan motors 5 hp and larger meet the minimum efficiency requirements as
established by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT) effective October 24, 1997
Convert bhp to watts using the following formula:
watts = bhp (746)
motor efficiency
33
Table 31 -- Accessory/FlOP Static Pressure (in. wg)* -- 48/50PG20-28 Units
COMPONENT I 4,000
Economizer 0.02
Humidi-MiZer TM (20, 24)
Humidi-MiZer (28)
4,500
8.03
5,000 I 5,500
004 005
-- 0.10
CFM
6,000 I 6,500
006 0.87
017 0.25
-- 0.05
7,009
0.08
0.32
0.I3
7,500 8,000
0.09 0.10
0.40 0.47
0.21 0.29
COMPONENT I8,500
Economizer 0.11
Humidi-MiZer (20, 24) 0.54
Humidi-MiZer (28) 0.38
LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-Installed Option
9,909
8.12
8.60
8.44
CFM
9,500 I10,009 19,500 I11,900 11,500 I12,OOO
013 015 0.I6 0.17 0.19 020
068 074 ....
0.5I 059 0.66 0.72 0.80 086
*The static pressure must be added to the external static pressure. The sum and the evap-
orator entering-air cfm should then be used in conjunction with the Fan Performance
tables to determine blovcer rpm and watts
Table 32 -- Accessory/FlOP Electric Heat Static Pressure (in. wg) -- 50PG20-28 Units
UNIT
5OPG
20, 24,
28
Unit Voltages Cfm Nominal Heater
2081240 Size (kW)
4,800
5,000
6,000
7,000
208/240-3-80 8,000
9,000
I0,000
11,500
4,800
5.800
6,000
7,000
480-3-60 25
8,000
9,000
I0,000
11,500
4,800
5,000
6,000
7,000
575-3-60 8,000
9,000
I0,000
11,500
LEGEND
ELECTRIC HEATERS
Pressure Drop Nominal Heater
(in. wg) Size (kW)
001
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
006
009
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03 50
0.04
0.05
006
009
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
006
009
Pressure Drop
(in. wg)
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.13
0.18
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.13
0.18
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.13
0.18
NOTES:
1. Heaters a_ _ted at240v, 480 v, and 600v.
Nominal Heater
Size (kW) Pressure Drop
(in. wg)
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.12
0.15
0.20
0.27
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.12
0.15
0.20
0.27
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.12
0.15
0.20
0.27
FlOP -- Factory-Installed Option 2. The static pressure must be added to external static pressure. The sum and the evapo-
rator entering-a9 cfm shoutd then be used in conjunction with the Fan Performance
tame to determine blower rpm, bhp, and watts.
Table 33 -- Fan RPM At Motor Pulley Settings* -- 48PG20-28 Units
UNIT
48PG
20 and 24
(230 and 460 volt)
20 and 24
(575 volt)
28
(all voltages)
*Approximate fan rpm shown.
Vertical
Horizontal
Vertical
Horizontal
Vertical
Horizontal
MOTOR PULLEY TURNS OPEN
DRIVE OI/2 1 11/2 221_ 3 3t/2 441/2 5 51_ 6
Low 685 706 727 749 770 791 812 833 854 876 897 918 939
Mid-Low 949 970 992 1013 1035 I056 I078 1099 1120 1142 1163 1185 1206
Mid-High 941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 1059 1078 1098 1117 1137 1156 I176
High 1014 1038 1061 1085 1108 1132 I156 I179 1203 1226 1250 1273 1297
Low n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Mid-Low 896 924 951 979 1006 1034 I062 I089 1117 1144 1172 1199 1227
Mid-High II13 I138 1163 1188 1213 1238 1264 1289 1314 1339 1364 1389 I414
High 1096 1116 1137 1157 1177 1197 I218 I238 1258 1278 1299 1319 1339
Low 751 768 785 802 819 836 853 869 886 903 920 937 954
Mid-Low 949 970 992 1013 1035 I056 I078 1099 1120 1142 1163 1185 1206
Mid-High 941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 1059 1078 1098 1117 1137 1156 I176
High 1014 1038 1061 1085 1108 1132 I156 I179 1203 1226 1250 1273 1297
Low n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Mid-Low 873 893 912 932 951 971 991 1010 1030 1049 1069 1088 1108
Mid-High II13 I138 1163 1188 1213 1238 1264 1289 1314 1339 1364 1389 I414
High
Low
Mid-Low
Mid-High
High
Low
Mid-Low
Mid-High
High
1096 1116 1137 1157 1177 1197 I218 I238 1258 1278 1299 1319 1339
687 703 718 734 749 765 780 796 811 827 842 858 873
805 822 839 856 872 889 906 923 940 957 973 990 1007
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 1059 1078 1098 1117 1137 1156 I176
1014 1038 1061 1085 1108 1132 I156 I179 1203 1226 1250 1273 1297
687 703 718 734 748 765 780 796 811 827 842 858 873
805 822 839 856 872 889 906 923 940 957 973 990 1007
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 1059 1078 1098 1117 1137 1156 I176
1014 1038 1061 1085 1108 1132 I156 I179 1203 1226 1250 1273 1297
NOTE: Factory pulley speed se_ing is at 3 turns open
34
Table 34 -- Fan Rpm At Motor Pulley Settings* -- 50PG20-28
50PG DRIVE
Low Range Vertical
Mid-Low Range Vertical
Mid-High Range Vertical
20 and 24 High Range Vertical
(230 and
460 volt) Low Range HodzontN
Mid-Low Range HodzontN
Mid-High Range Horizontal
High Range Horizontal
Low Range Vertical
Mid-Low Range Vertical
Mid-High Range Vertical
20 and 24 High Range Vertical
(575 Volt) Low Range HodzontN
Mid-Low Range HodzontN
Mid-High Range Horizontal
High Range Horizontal
Low Range Vertical
Mid-Low Range Vertical
Mid-High Range Vertical
28 High Range Vertical
(all voltages) Low Range HodzontN
Mid-Low Range HorizontN
Mid-High Range Horizontal
High Range Horizontal
*Approximate fan rpm shown
NOTE: Factory pulley speed setting is at 3 turns open.
MOTOR PULLEY TURNS OPEN
O_ 1 11t2 2 21/2 33q 2 441/2 5 5tt2 6
685 706 727 749 770 791 812 833 854 876 897 918 939
949 970 992 1013 1035 1056 1078 1099 1120 1142 1163 1185 I206
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 1059 1078 1098 1117 1137 1156 I176
1014 I038 106I 1085 1108 1132 1156 1179 1203 1226 1250 1273 I297
685 706 727 749 770 791 812 833 854 876 897 918 939
949 970 992 1013 1035 1056 1078 1099 1120 1142 1163 1185 I206
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 I059 I078 1098 1117 1137 1156 1176
1014 I038 106I 1085 1108 1132 1156 1179 1203 1226 1250 1273 I297
751 768 785 802 819 836 853 869 886 803 920 937 954
949 970 992 1013 1035 1056 1078 1099 1120 1142 1163 1185 I206
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 1059 1078 1098 1117 1137 1156 I176
1014 I038 106I 1085 1108 1132 1156 1179 1203 1226 1250 1273 I297
751 768 785 802 819 836 853 868 886 903 920 937 954
949 970 992 1013 1035 1056 1078 1099 1120 1142 1163 1185 I206
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 I059 I078 1098 1117 1137 1156 1176
1014 I038 106I 1085 1108 1132 1156 1179 1203 1226 1250 1273 I297
687 703 718 734 749 765 780 796 811 827 842 858 873
805 822 839 856 872 889 906 923 940 857 973 980 I007
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 1059 1078 1098 1117 1137 1156 I176
1014 I038 106I 1085 1108 1132 1156 1179 1203 1226 1250 1273 I297
687 703 718 734 749 765 780 796 81I 827 842 858 873
805 822 839 856 872 889 906 923 940 957 973 980 I007
941 961 980 1000 1019 1039 I059 I078 1098 1117 1137 1156 1176
1014 I038 106I 1085 1108 1132 1156 1179 1203 1226 1250 1273 I297
CONTROLS QUICK START
The tbllowing infonnation will provide a quick guide to
setting up and confignring the 48/50PG series units with
('omfbrtLink TM controls. Unit controls are pre-configured at
the factory tbr factory-installed options. Field-installed acces-
sories will require configuration at start-up. Additionally,
specific job requirements may require changes to delhult
configuration values. See the CCN and Display parameter
tables and other sections of these instructions for more details.
Thermostat Control- Wire accessory thermostat to
the conesponding R, Y1, Y2, Wt, W2, and G terminals on the
field connection terminal board located at the unit control box.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
--+UNIT---_U.(TL, defimlt value is for Thermostat (2) so there
is no need to configure this item.
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- Direct
Wired (T-55 or T-56) -- Wire accessoryspacetempera-
ture sensor(s) to the T-55 terminals on the field connection
tenninat board located at the unit control box. Rel}r to Field-
Installed Accessories section.
The l_Mt Control Type configuration, Configuration
---_UNIT--_U.(TL, must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper
wire in the installer's packet must be connected bewveen R and
W1 for heating mode to operate.
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- CCN
(T-58) -- Install the T-58 colrnnunicating thermostat. Con-
nect the CCN colrnnunication bus fiom the T-58 to the CCN
terminals on the field connection tenninat board located at the
unit control box. Configure the 48/50PG unit CCN communi-
cation element number, bus numbei; and baud rate. Configure
the T-58 thermostat CCN communication dement number and
also configure the T-58 with the 48/50PG unit element number.
The tMt Control Type configuration, Configuration
---_UNIT--_U.(TL, must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper
wire in the instatler's packet must be connected bewveen R and
W1 for heating mode to operate.
Space Temperature Control -- CCN Link-
age -- The CCN colrnnunication must be properly configured
for the 48/50PG unit and all devices. Linkage configuration is
automatically done by the supervisory CCN Linkage device.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
---_UNIT---_U..CTLmust be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper
wire in the instalter's packet must be connected between R and
W1 for heating mode to operate.
Installation of an accessory supply air temperature (SAT)
sensor in the supply duct is recommended for Linkage applica-
tions. A supply duct SAT measurement is valid for heating
mode display, while the factory-standard internal SAT is not
valid for heating due to its location upstream of the heating sec-
tion. When installing the supply duct SAT, the heating mode
display is enabled by setting (bnfigm'ation---_HEAT---agAT.H
to ENBL.
Space Humidity Control -- Humidistat -- Wire
the Humidistat accessory to terminals Humidistat 1and 2 locat-
ed on the field connection tenninal strip in the bottom of the
control box. The Space Humidity Switch setting is located at
(bnfiguration--_Unit--_RH.SVK The factory default for units
with Humidi-MiZer TM system is 1 (normally open).
Space Humidity Control -- Thermidistat TM --
Wire the Thennidistat accessory Dehum output to tenninat
Humidistatl located on the field connection terminal strip in
the bottom of the control box. The Space Humidity Switch set-
ting is located at (bnfiguration-->Unit-->RH, gVKThe factory
default for units with Humidi-MiZer system is 1 (normally
open).
Space Humidity Control- Relative Humidity
Sensor -- Wire the humidity sensor to terminals 3 () and
4 (+) located on the field connection terminal strip in the
bottom of the control box. The RH Sensor on OAQ Input set-
ting is located at (bnfigttration--_Unit--_RH.S. The setting
must be configured to YES to use the relative humidity sensor.
CCN Communication -- Configure (bnfigttration-->
C(W_,C(DC_A to desired element number. (Default is 1.) Con-
l]gure (bnfiguration_'(W_'CN.B to desired bus number.
(Dethult is 0.) Configure (bnfiguration_'CN---_BAUD to
desired code number for baud rate. (Default is 3 9600 baud.)
Accessories -- See the Field-Installed Accessories sec-
tion, control connection tables, and CCN or Display parmneter
tables for required connections and configurations.
Service Test -- The Service Test function can be used to
verit) proper operation of compressors, heating stages,
indoor tan, outdoor _ans, power exhaust tans, economizer,
Humidi-MiZer system, and alann relay. Use of Selaqce Test is
recolrnnended at initial system start-up and during trouble-
shooting.
35
Control Configuration Checklist- Refer to check-
list CL- 1 for recording site specific unit control configurations.
Programming Operating Schedules -- The
ComJbrtLink TM controls wilt accomlnodate up to eight differ-
ent schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is
assigned to the desired days of the week. Each schedule
includes an occupied on and offtilne. As an example, to set an
occupied schedule for 8 AM to 5 PM tbr Monday through
Friday, the user would set days Monday through Friday to ON
for Period 1. Then the user would configure the Period 1
Occupied From point to 08:00 and the Period 1 Occupied To
point to 17:00. To create a difl_em weekend schedule, the user
would use Period 2 and set days Saturday and Sunday to ON
with the desired Occupied On and Offthnes.
NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are pro mmnlned
for 24 hours of occupied operation.
To create a schedule, perform the following procedure:
1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN
CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule
Number (Configuration_C_--x_CH.O=SCH.3_). It"
password protection has been enabled, the user will be
prompted to enter the password before any new data is
accepted. S(_/L.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default val-
ue is 1.A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will
control to its occupied set points. A value of 1 means the
unit wilt follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99
means it will tbltow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2-64 are
not used as the control only supports one internal/local
schedule. If one of the 2-64 schedules is confimlred, then
the control will tbrce the number back to 1. Make sure the
value is set to 1 to use a bcal schedule.
2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL
TIME SCHEDULE (S(_.L) sub-lnode, and press
. Period 1 (PER.l) will be displayed.
3. Scroll down to the MON point. This point iMicates if
schedule 1 applies to Monday. Use the _ com-
mand to go into Edit mode, and use the [] or [] key to
change the display to YES or NO. Scroll down through
the rest of the days and apply schedule 1 where desired.
The schedule can also be applied to a holiday.
Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for
Period 1 (OCC). Press _ to go into Edit mode,
and the first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing. Use
the [] or [] keyto display the correct value for hours,
in 24-hour 0nilitary) time. Press _ and hour value
is saved and the minutes dints will start flashing. Use the
saane procedure to display and save the desired minutes
value.
5. Conllgnlre the unoccupied time for period 1 (UN{). Press
to go into Edit mode, and the first two digits of
the 00.00 wilt start flashing. Use the [] or [] key to
display the correct value for hours, in 24-hour (military)
time. Press _ and hour value is saved and the
minutes digits will start tlashing. Use the same procedure
to display and save the desired minutes value.
6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule
is needed, such as tbr weekends or holidays, scroll do,am
and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). It"
additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as
many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided. See
Table 35 for an example of setting the schedule.
SERVICE TEST
The Service Test function can be used to verify proper oper-
ation of compressors, heating stages, indoor tan, outdoor finis,
power exhaust tans, economizer, and atann relay. Use of
Service Test is recommended at initial system start up and dur-
ing troubleshooting. See Table 36.
Sin:ice Test modeehas the following changes fiom nonnal
operation:
• Normal compressor timeguards and other staging delays
are reduced to 30 seconds or less.
• Circuit alerts are limited to 1 strike (versus 3) before
changing to alarm shut down state.
• The status of ALM.N is iNlored so all alerts and alarms
are broadcast on CCN.
• The words "SERVICE TEST" are inserted into every
atann message.
Smqce test can only be turned ON/OFF at the unit display.
Once mined ON, other entries may be made with the display or
through CCN.
NOTE: Service Test mode may be password protected. Refer
to Scrolling Marquee section on page 3 for more information.
To tum Service Test on, change the value of TEST to ON.
To turn service test off; change the value of TEST to OFF.
The independent (INDP) submenu is used to change output
stares for the economizer, power exhaust stages, and the alarln
relay. These independent outputs can operate simultaneously
with other Service Test modes. All outputs return to norlnal
operation when Smqce Test is mined off When the economiz-
er is using the factory default Digital Control Type (_bnfigura-
Iion--gECON--gE.(TL is 1 or 2) then the Economizer Calibra-
tion feature may be used to automatically check and reset the
economizer actuator range of motion.
The fans (FANg) submenu is used to change output status
for the indoor thn and outdoor tan stages.
The cooling (COOL) submenu is used to change output sta-
res for the individual compressors. Compressor starts are stag-
gered by 15 seconds. The thns (FA_Ig) and heating (HEAl)
service test outputs are reset to OFF for the cooling service test.
Indoor fans and outdoor tans are controlled nonnalty to main-
tain proper unit operation. All normal cooling alarms and alerts
are functional.
When charging unit, all outdoor thns may be tbrced on in
cooling service test modes by setting the Outdoor Fan Override
(OEOIO to on.
NOTE: Circuit A is always operated with Circuit B in
Humidi-MiZer TM system equipped units.
For units with the factory Humidi-MiZer option, the
Humidi-MiZer (HZMR) submenu is used to change the output
stares to operate the circuits in different Humidi-MiZer modes
or to separately test the Humidi-MiZer valve operations. The
tans (FANS), cooling (COOL), and heating (HEAT) semce
test outputs are reset to OFF for the Humdi-MiZer service test.
Indoor and outdoor thns are controlled normally to maintain
proper unit operation. All normal cooling alarms and alerts are
functional.
The heating (HEAl) submenu is used to change output sta-
res for the individual heat stages, gas or electric. The thns
(FANS) and cooling (COOL) smqce test outputs are reset to
OFF for the heating service test. Indoor and outdoor fmls are
controlled norlnalty to maintain proper unit operation. All nor-
mal heating alarlns and alerts are functional.
NOTE: Field terlninal strip terlninal R must be connected to
W1 for the heat to operate in service test. Alert number T410
will occur as a relninder if not done. If the normal unit control
mode is therlnostat mode, then relnove the R-W1 jumper after
completing service test.
36
DISPLAY
MENU
TIMECLOCK
SCH.L
Table 35 -- Setting an Occupied Time Schedule -- Weekdays Only for 7:30 to 22:30
SUB-SUB KEYPAD ITEM DISPLAY
MODE ENTRY
PER.1
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
ITEM EXPANSION
Local Occupancy Schedule
Period Occupied Time
COMMENT
OCC.I
00.00 Scrolling stops
00.00 Hours Flash
07.00 Select 7
07.00 Change accepted, minutes flash
07.30 Select 30
07.30 Change accepted
OCC. I 07.30 Period Occupied Time Item/Value/Units scrolls again
UNC.1 00.00 Period Unoccupied Time
00.00 Scrolling stops
00.00 Hours Flash
22.00 Select 22
22.00 Change accepted, minutes flash
22.30 Select 30
22.30 Change accepted
UNC.1 22.30 Period Unoccupied Time Item/Value/Units scrolls again
MON.I NO Monday In Period
NO Scrolling stops
YES Select YES
YES Change accepted
MON.I YES Monday in Period ItemNalue/Units scrolls again
TUE.1 NO Tuesday In Period
NO Scrolling stops
YES Select YES
YES Change accepted
TUE. I YES Tuesday in Period ItemNalue/Units scrolls again
WED.I NO Wednesday In Period
NO Scrolling stops
YES Select YES
YES Change accepted
WED. I YES Wednesday in Period item/Value/Units scrolls again
THU.I NO Thursday In Period
NO Scrolling stops
YES Select YES
YES Change accepted
THU.1 YES Thursday in Period item/Value/Units scrolls again
FRI. I NO Friday In Period
NO Scrolling stops
YES Select YES
YES Change accepted
FRI. I YES Friday In Period ItemNalue/Units scrolls again
37
DISPLAY MENU/
SUB-MENU/NAME
SERVICE TEST
TEST
INDP
ECON
E.CAL
PE1
PE2
ALRM
CCH
FANS
IDF
OFC1
OFC2
OFC3
COOL
CMRA
CMRB
CMRC
OROV
HMZR
RH1 .A
RH1 .B
RH1 C
RH2.A
RH2.B
RH2C
CRC
RHVA
RHVB
HEAT
HZ1
HT2
Table 36 -- Service Test Modes and Submodes Directory
EXPANDED
NAME
Field Service Test Mode
Test Independent Outputs
Economizer Position Test
Calibrate Economizer
Power Exhaust 1 Test
Power Exhaust 2 Test
Alarm Retay Test
Crankcase Heat Test
Test Fans
Indoor Fan Test
Outdoor Fan 1 Test
Outdoor Fan 2 Test
Outdoor Fan 3 Test
Test Cooling
Cool A Test
Cool B Test
Cool C Test
Outdoor Fan Override
Test Hamidimizer
Reheat1 A Test
Reheat1 B Test
Reheat1 C Test
Reheat2 A Test
Reheat2 B Test
Reheat2 C Test
Cool->Reheat1 Valve Test
Reheat2 Vaive A Test
Reheat2 Valve B Test
Test Heating
Heat Stage 1 Test
Heat Stage 2 Test
VALUES UNITS DEFAULT
On/Off Off
0to100 % 0
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY
TESTINDP
TESTFANS
TESTCOOL
TESTHMZR
TESTHEAT
CCN
NAME
(TEST = display onty)
S ECONO
S-ECOCAL
S-PE 1
S-PE-2
S-ALh4OUT
S-CCH
S IDF
SZOFC_I
S OFC 2
SZOFC:3
S COMP A
S-COMP_B
S COMP C
S:OFC_(SV
S RH1A
S-RH1-B
S-RH1-C
S2 RH2 A
S2 RH2 B
S2 RH2 C
S CRC
S-RH2 A
S:RH2:B
S_HEAT_I
S_H EAT_2
THIRD PARTY CONTROL
Third party controls may interface with the unit
('Ol//Jbrtkink TM controls tba'ough the connections described
belo,a: See other sections of these instructions for more
intbnnation on the related unit control confignrations.
Thermostat -- The therlnostat inputs are provided on the
field connection terlninat board (TB2). The Therlnostat
Connol Type configuration, Configuration -+UNIT---_T.(TL,
selects the unit response to these inputs.
Y1 first stage cooling
Y2 second stage cooling
W1 first stage heating
W2 second stage heating
G indoor tan
Humidistat -- For units with the factory Humidi-MiZer TM
option, the humidistat input is provided on the field connection
terminal board (TB2). The Space Humidity Switch confignra-
tion, Configumtion---_UNIr---_RH.SW, identities the nonnalty
open or normally closed status of this input at high humidity.
Humidistat 1 24 VAC signal input
Hmnidistat 2 24 VAC source for dry contact
Humidity Sensor -- For units with the factory Humidi-
MiZer option and the economizer option with the ECB (econo-
mizer control board), the humidity sensor input is provided on
the field connection terminal board (TB2). The sensor can be
used instead of a humidistat. The RH Sensor on OAQ Input
confignration, Configumtion--_UNIT--_RH, q=YES, identi-
fies the sensor use. Default conversion to 0 to 100% relative
humidity can be changed in the confignrations.
4 4-20 mA + signal input
3 4-20 mA colrnnon
Remote Occupancy -- The remote occupancy input is
provided on the field connection terminal board (TB2). The
Remote Occupancy Switch conlignration, (bnfiguration
--->U_ClT---yRM..SVV,identifies the nonnalty open or normally
closed status of this input when unoccupied.
5 24 VAC signal input
6 24 VAC source for dry contact
Fire Shutdown -- The fire shutdo,a_ input is provided
for unit shutdown in response to a tire alarln or smoke detector.
The Fire Shutdown Switch conlignration, Configuration
-+UNIT-+FS.SW, identifies the norlnalty open or nonnatly
closed status of this input when there is no fire alarln.
For 48/50 units without Humidi-MiZer system, input at field
connection terlninal board (TB2)
Fire Shutdown 1 24 VAC source for dry contact
Fire Shutdo,am 2 24 VAC si_at input
For 50 series units with Humidi-MiZer system, input at wire
harness plug 19 (PL 19)
PL 19-3 24 VAC source for dry contact
PL 19-5 24 VAC signal input for fire shutdown
For 48 series units with Humidi-MiZer system, input at wire
harness plug 19 (PL 19)
PL 19-3 24 VAC source for dry contact
PL 19-5 24 VAC signal tbr Fire Shutdown
PL 19-4 24 VAC power for indoor fan contactor control
circuit
NOTE: For 48 series units with Humidi-MiZer system, if the
indoor fan must be shut down without any delay upon Fire
Shutdown input, then the factory julnper between PL 19-3 and
PL19-4 must be replaced with a norlnally closed contact when
there is no atann (open with atann).
Alarm Output- The alarln output is provided on the
field connection terminal board (TB2) to indicate a current
atann status. The output will be 24VAC if a current atann
exists.
C 24 VAC comlnon
X 24 VAC signal output
Outdoor Enthalpy- For units with the economizer
option or accessory and the ECB control board, the outdoor
enthalpy input is provided on the field connection terminal
board (TB2). The Enthalpy Switch confignration, (bnfigura-
tion---_E{DN--+EN..SW, identifies the nonnalty open or
normally closed status of this input when the outdoor enthalpy
is low.
6 24 VAC source for dry contact
7 24 VAC signal input
38
IAQ Switch -- For units with the economizer option or
accessory and the ECB control board, the IAQ switch input
is provided on the field connection terminal board (TB2). The
IAQ Switch Input configuration, Configuration-->AIR.Q
--->I!.CEidentifies the nonnatly open or nonnatly closed status
of this input when the indoor air quality value is low (good)
and also selects the unit response to this input.
6 24 VAC source for dry contact
7 24 VAC simaal input
NOTE: An IAQ switch cannot be used if an enthalpy switch is
already on this input.
IAQ Sensor -- For units with the econolnizer option or
accessory and the ECB control board, the IAQ sensor input
is provided on the field connection terminal board (TB2). The
IAQ Analog Input configuration, Configumtion-->AIR.Q
---_IA.(T selects the unit response to this input. Default conver-
sion to 0 to 2000 ppm can be changed in the configurations.
2 4-20 mA + simnat
3 4-201hA colrnnon
OAQ Sensor -- For units with the economizer option or
accessory and the ECB control board, the OAQ sensor input is
provided on the field connection tenninat board (TB2). The
OAQ Analog Input configuration, Configumtion--_AIR.Q
--->OA.15Tselects the unit response to this input. Default con-
version to 0 to 2000 ppm can be changed in the configurations.
3 4-20 mA COlranon
4 4-20 mA + simaat
NOTE: An OAQ sensor cannot be used ifa humidity sensor is
used.
CONTROLS OPERATION
Display Configuration -- The Configuration-->DISP
submenu is used to configure the local display settings.
Metric Display (METR) This variable is used to change
the display tiom English units to Metric units.
Language Selection (LANG) This variable is used to
change the language of the ComJortLink display. At this time,
only English is available.
Password Enable (PROT) This variable enables or dis-
ables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict
use of the control to change configurations.
Selwice Password (PSWD) This variable is the 4-digit
numeric password that is required if enabled.
Test Display LEDs (TEST) This is used to test the opera-
tion of the ComJbrtLink display.
M odes -- The ComJortLink controls operate under a hierar-
chy of colrnnand structure as defined by tbur main elements:
the System Mode, the HVAC Mode, the Occupied stares, and
the Unit Control Type.
The System Mode is the top level that defines three main
states of the control system: Disabled, Enabled, or Test.
The HVAC Mode is the next level that defines four main
states of functional operation: Disabled, Fan Only, Cool, and
Heat.
The Occupied stares affects set points for cooling and
heating in Space Sensor control mode and operation of the
economizer for indoor air quality ventilation and fiee cooling.
The Unit Control Type (Configutvttion-->U?CTT-->U.CTL)
de151es if temperature control is based on thermostat inputs or
space temperature sensor input.
The general operating mode of the control and the stares of
some related operation lockouts are located on the display at
two locations: Run Status _MODE and Operating Modes---_
MODE.
System Mode (SYS) In Run Stares, the current system
mode is displayed as a number with expandable text. In
Operating Modes, system mode is displayed as expandable
text.
RUN STATUS OPERATING MODES
NUMBER EXPANDED TEXT EXPANDED TEXT
1Disabled Unit Operation Disabled
2 Enabled Unit Operation Enabled
3Test Serv ce Test Enab ed
HVAC Mode (HVA153 In Run Status, the current allowed
HVAC mode is displayed as a number with expandable text. In
Operating Modes, HVAC mode is displayed as expandable
text.
RUN STATUS
NUMBER EXPANDED TEXT
1Disabled
2Fan Only
3Cool
4 Heat
OPERATING MODES
EXPANDED TEXT
HVAC Operation Disabled
Ventilation (Fan Only)
Cooling or Free Cooling
Heating
NOTE: Optional Humidi-MiZer TM operation is included
within Cooling 1node.
Currently Occupied (OI5'153 Displays the current state of
assumed space occupancy based on unit configuration and
inputs.
Timed Override in Effect (T.OVR) Displays if the state of
occupancy is currently occupied due to an override.
Linkage Active (LINK) Displays if a linkage master in a
zoning system has established "linkage" with this unit.
Circuit OAT Lockout (C.L0153 Displays if one or more
refiigerant circuits operation is prevented due to outdoor
temperature limit lockout.
Heat OAT Lockout (H.L0153 Displays if heating operation
is prevented due to outdoor temperature limit lockout.
Econo Cool OAT Lockout (E.LOC) Displays if econo-
mizer operation for cooling is prevented due to outdoor
temperature limit lockout.
Unit Configuration- Many configurations that indi-
cate what factory options and/or field accessories are installed
and other colrnnon operation variables are included in Unit
Configuration (15bnfiguration--+UNII). Configuration will be
done at the factory for any factory-installed option (FIOP).
Start-Up Delay (S.DLI) This configuration sets the con-
trol start-up delay after the power is interrupted. This can be
used to stagger the start-up oflnultipte units.
Unit Control Type (U.CTL) This configuration defines if
temperature control is based on thermostat inputs or space
temperature sensor input.
•U.CTL =2(Thermostat) The unit determines cooling
and heating demand by the state of G, Y1, Y2, W1, and
W2 inputs from a space therlnostat. This value is the
factory default.
• U.CTL =3(Space Sensor) The unit determines cooling
and heating delnand based on the space temperature and
the appropriate set point.
Thermostat Control Type (T..CTL) This configuration ap-
plies only if Unit Control Type is Therlnostat (15bnfigumtion
--->Un#-->U.15TL= 2). The value determines alternative cool-
ing and Hmnidi-MiZer circuit staNng. See the Cooling and
Humidi-MiZer sections for more il_'onnation. The factory
default value is T.15TL= 0 (Adaptive).
Fan On When Occupied (OC.FN) This configuration ap-
plies only if Unit Control Type is Space Sensor (Configm.ation
_Un#--+U.15TL = 3). A YES value wilt operate the indoor t_an
whenever the unit is in the Occupied mode. A NO value wilt
operate the indoor tan only when heating or cooling is neces-
salT.The factory default value is YES.
39
Shut Down on IDF Failure (IDF..F) This conli_ration
applies only ifa tan switch is installed and configured. A YES
value wilt enable diagnostic Alert T409 to shut down the unit
when incorrect tan status is sensed. A NO value will still
permit Alert T409 but will not cause unit shutdown. The
factory default value is YES.
Economizer Installed (ECEN) This confimlration identi-
fies if an economizer is installed. A YES value enables
economizer operation. A NO value disables economizer opera-
tion. This point is repeated in the Economizer Conlimlration
men u ((_onfiguratio n ---_E( ON ---_EC E?€).
Fan Status Switch (FN.SW) This conliguration identifies
if a fan status switch is installed, and what status (normally
open, normally closed) the input is when the indoor fan is OFF.
Filter Status Switch (FL.SW) This conlimaration identifies
if a filter status switch is installed, and what status (normally
open, nonnalty closed) the input is when the filter is CLEAN.
Fire Shutdown Switch (FS.SW) This conliguration identi-
fies if a tire shutdo,a_ switch is installed, and what status
(normally open, normally closed) the input is when the fire or
smoke alarm is OFF (no alarm).
Remote Occupancy Switch (RM.SW) This configuration
identifies if a relnote occupancy switch is installed, and what
status (normally open, nonnatly closed) the input is when
UNOCCUPIED.
SAT Settling Time (SAI:13 This configuration sets a sup-
ply air temperature settling time before using the reading for
compressor staDng in some units with multiple circuits. See
Adaptive Thermostat Control (U.CTL = 2, ECTL = 0) and
Space Sensor Control (U.(TL = 3) within the Cooling opera-
tion section for more information. The factory default value is
240 seconds.
SAT Heat Mode Sensing (SAT.H) This conlimlration con-
trols the display of the supply-air temperature during heating
operation. A DISABLE value wilt force the displayed supply-
air temperature (SAT) to zero when heat is ON and for 5 lnin-
utes after. A ENABLE value will display the temperature at all
tilnes. See the Heating sections for more intbnnation. The
factory delhult is DISABLE due to the factory SAT sensor
location. This point is repeated in the Heating Conligmration
menu.
RAT Sensor On SPTO Input (RAT.S) This conliguration
identifies if a return air temperature (RAT) sensor is installed
on the space temperature oft;et (SPTO) input. A YES value
enables RAT display. A NO value disables RAT display.
RH Sensor On OAQ Input (RH.S) This conlimaration
identifies if a space relative humidity sensor is installed on the
outdoor air quality (OAQ) input. A YES value enables SP.RH
display. Ifa Humdi-MiZer TM unit, then the unit determines de-
humidification demand based on this input and the appropriate
set point. A NO value disables SERH display and use.
Space Hmnidity Switch (RH.SW) This conlimaration
identifies if a space relative hmnidity switch is installed on the
ENTHALPY input, and what status (normally open, normally
closed) the input is when the space humidity is LOW.
Temperature Compensated Start Coolin_ Factor (TCS.C)
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compen-
sated Start Time Bias for cooling. A setting of 0 minutes
indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling is not
permitted.
Temperature Compensated Start Heating Factor (TCS.H)
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compen-
sated Start Time Bias for heating. A setting of 0 minutes
indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating is not
permitted.
Occupancy Determination--Many factors deter-
mine whether the unit considers the building occupied or
unoccupied. If the unit is operating with a space temperature
sensor (T-55, T-56 or T-58), occupancy affects the unit set
points and the operation of the economizer. If the unit is
operating under thermostat control, occupancy only affects the
operation of the economizer. The factors affecting occupancy
are listed below fiom highest to lowest priority.
1. The CCN point OCCUPIED is forced via an extemat
device such as a ComfortID TM controller: When OCCU-
PIED is forced to YES, the unit is considered occupied.
When OCCUPIED is forced to NO, the unit is considered
unoccupied. If OCCUPIED is not being forced, proceed
to the level 2 priority.
2. Remote Occupancy Switch should be conlimared to either
Normally Open or Normally Closed when the user would
like to control the occupancy with an external switch.
This switch is field-supplied (24-v, single pole, single
throw [SPST]). There are three possible confimarations
for the remote occupancy switch: No Switch (0), Normal-
ly Open (1) or Nonnalty Closed (2). This confimlration is
accessible on the display at Cot*figuration--_UNIT--_
RM.SPK If the switch is conlim,lred to No Switch (0), the
switch input value will be ignored and software will
proceed to the level 3 priority. For each type of switch,
the appropriate confimlration and states are listed in the
table below.
SWITCH
TYPE OF SWITCH CONFIGURATION
Normal Open (1)
Occupied when
closed or Unoccupied
when open
Occupied when
open or Unoccupied
when closed Normal Close (2)
STATE OF
SWITCH AND STATE
OF OCCUPANCY
Open and Unoccupied
Closed and Occupied
Open and Occupied
Closed and Unoccupied
NOTE: To perform relnote occupancy, an Econolnizer Control
Board must be installed in the unit.
3. The tbltowing occupancy options are determined by the
state of Occupancy Schedule Number (Configmvttion--_
CCN---_CH..O---_CH..N) and the Global Schedule
Broadcast (Configuration _'C(W-->BROD -->B.GS).
a. SCH.N = 0: The unit is always considered occupied
and the prom'mnmed schedule is ignored. This is the
factory default.
b. SCH.N = 1-64: Follow the local progrmrnned sched-
ule. Schedules 1 to 64 are local within the controller.
The 48/50PG unit can only store one local schedule
and therefore changing this number only changes the
title of the schedule table.
c. SCH.N = 65-99: Follow the global pro_mrnned
schedule. If the 48/50PG unit is configured as a
Global Schedule broadcaster (Configuration
_CCN--+BROD--+B.GS = YES), the unit will tbl-
low the unit's prommrnned schedule and broadcast
the schedule so that other devices prommrnned to fol-
low this schedule number can receive the schedule. If
the 48/50PG unit is not programmed as a
Global Schedule broadcaster (Configuration
_CCN--+BROD--+B.GS = NO), the unit will receive
its intbnnation fiom the unit programmed to broad-
cast this schedule nmnber.
While using a pro mmrnned schedule, occupancy can
be temporarily switched fiom unoccupied to
occupied by pressing the override button for
approximately 3 seconds on a T-55, T-56, or T-58
device. Override will only occur if Configuration
_'(W---_qCH..O_OV.SP is set to YES. The length
of the override period is determined by the setting of
Configuration _'CCN---_qCH. 0_'0 VEX.
40
Indoor Fan -- The indoor thn is controlled by the indoor
tan relay output (Outputs--->FA?_i9--->IDF)on the MBB (main
base board) control, wNch then operates the indoor tan contac-
tor. The indoor fan may operate during cooling with compres-
sors mode, fiee cooling with outdoor air mode, heating mode,
or for ventilation with outdoor air mode.
The indoor tan operation can be affected by configurations
for thermostat control type (Configuration---_UNIr---_T.CrL),
the occupancy thn configuration (Configuration---_UNIT---_
OC.FN), the indoor air quality sensor tan configuration
(Configuration--+AIR.Q---_IA.F?€), the indoor air quality
switch tan configuration ((bnfiguration---_AIILQ---_ILF?€),
and the tan status switch configuration ((bnfiguration---_
UNIT--+ F?V:SW). For 48PG gas heating units without
Humidi-MiZer device, the IGC control tan output is also moni-
tored by the MBB control. This can result in additional modifi-
cation of fan delays or other operation due to safety functions
of the IGC control. See the Indoor Air Quality section if using
IAQ (indoor air quality) accessory sensors.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL ha thermostat mode, the IDF
relay will be on in the following situations:
•If tan request G in ON, the IDF wilt be ON.
• If cooling request Y1 or Y2 is ON, the IDFwill be ON.
• If heating request W1 or W2 is ON, the IDFwill be ON.
SPACE SENSOR CONTROL In Space Sensor Control
mode, the IDF (indoor tan) relay will be on in the following
situations. If the unit is in Occupied mode and the indoor fan is
configured to always run while occupied ((bnfiguration-->
UNIT _'OC.FN= YES), the indoor l_aalwilt be ON. If OCFN
equals NO or the unit is unoccupied, the indoor tan will operate
only when heating or cooling is necessary.
Coo[in 0 -- Compressors will not operate if the outdoor
temperature is less than the value configured for the circuit
lockout temperatures ((bnfiguration_DOL_'A.LO;
Configuration _'OOL _B.LO; and Configuration
COOL _,CC.LO;). The Mthilnmn On Time (Configuration
(DOL ---_IR T..O, and Minhnum Off Time (Configuration --+
COOL---_MOT.0 time guards apply to all compressors. Facto-
131default values are 3 minutes for Minilnum On Time and
5 minutes for Minilnuln OffTime.
If the indoor tan control is configured to cycle with the
cooling demand (Configumtion---_UNIT_OC.FN= No),
the tan will stop after a configured delay (Configuration
_DOL---_FOD.C). Factory default value is 60 seconds.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL To operate the unit in The>
mostat mode, the Unit Control Type (Configuration
_UNIT--+U.(TL) configuration must be set to 2 (Thermo-
stat). There are up to fore types of thermostat control depend-
ing on model size. These are configured with the Thermostat
Control Type (Configuration--+UNIT---_T.CTL).
For economizer equipped units (Configuration
_UNIT--+ECEN = Yes), the Adaptive control atgorithln is
used whenever the economizer can provide cooling. TNs will
ensure proper time delays and SAT control when the econo-
mizer is cooling. Cooling begins when the Y1 input is ener-
gized. The economizer will try to provide cooling as described
in the Economizer section. If the economizer is not available
for cooling or the economizer has been at 100% tbr 5 minutes,
compressor staging will beNn.
Con[iguration---_UNIT---_T.CTL = 0 (Adaptive) When
T.(TL = 0, additional timers mad supply air temperature limits
apply to control the compressor staNng. In Adaptive mode, a
stage of colnpression wilt be turned off if the Supply-Air Tem-
perature ( Temperatures --+AIR. T---a7AI) is less than Minilnum
Supply Air Temperature Lower Level (Setpoints--_AT.L). In
addition, a stage of compression will be turned on if the SATis
greater than the Minhnum Supply Air Temperature Upper
Level (Setpoin ts ---_qAT.U). If SA T.L and SAT. U are con figured
so that they axe close together, the last stage of compressor
might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its minimum on and
off-tilne requirements. Configurable time delays also apply
when adding stages (Configuration_'COOL_.INO or
removing stages (Configuration_DOL _.DE O. C.INC
aald C.DEC are accessible via the Scrolling Marquee at
Configuration_'OOL. Compressor minilnmn on-time
(Configuration _,COOL ---_MRT.0 and compressor minimmn
oil'-time (Configuration _'OOL--_AIOT. 0 do apply.
T..CTL 1 (1 Stage Y1) When T.CTL 1, no additional
compressor staging timers or supply air temperature limits
apply. Compressor staging will follow the thermostat inputs
directly. Y1 will turn on refrigerant circuit A. Y2 will add re-
fiigerant circuit B. Compressor minimuln on-tilne (MRT. 0
mad compressor minilnmn off-time (MOT.O do apply.
SPACE SENSOR CONTROL To operate the unit in
Space Sensor mode, set the Unit Control Type to 3 (Configum-
tion--+UNIT---_U.CTL=3). To enable heating during space
telnperamre control, a jumper wire must be added bewveen R
mad W1 on the field connection terminal strip (see Major Sys-
tem Components section for wiring diagrams).
Because Space Sensor mode is ml "Auto" 1node, the control
will switch bewveen cooling and heating to maintain space
temperature. However, to lninimize unnecessary changes, there
is a 10-1ninute 1node select tilnegumd (Operating Modes---_
COOL---_MS. TG), after the last stage of heat rams off before
cooling is allowed.
The unit tries to maintain the space temperature at the Occu-
pied Cool Set Point (Setpoints_O(SP) or the Unoccupied
Coot Set Point (Setpoints--+UCSP). See the Occupancy
Determination section for factors that affect the Occupied sta-
res (Run Stams---_VIEW_OC O. The Cooling Demmld (Op-
erating Modes_DOL---A7PT---_DMD. 0 is equal to Space
Temperature (Operating Modes _'OOL ---AqPT---_qP1) minus
the occupied or unoccupied set point (DMD.C SPY set
point). See Table 37 for ml example of reading and chmlging
the occupied set point (OCSP).
Table 37 -- Reading and Changing Cooling Occupied Set Point
DISPLAY KEYPAD ITEM DISPLAY ITEM EXPANSION COMMENT
MENU ENTRY
] OCSP 78 Occupied CooI Set point Default: 78
] 78 Scrolling Stops
] 78 Value flashes
SETPOINTS
] Select 75
] 75 Change accepted
OCSP 75 Occupied CooI Set point Item/Value/Units scroll again
41
Two methods are used to add and relnove stages of cooling
for units with more than one compressor. The first method
causes the unit to operate around its steady-state number of
stages. For example, if the correct number of stages is between
0 and 1, this method wilt cause the first stage to cycle. If the
correct number of stages is between 1 and 2, this method will
cause the second stage to cycle. The second method causes the
unit to find the steady-state nulnber of stages. Details of these
methods are provided below.
The control uses two methods to add a stage of compressor
cooling. The first method will add a stage of cooling when the
Cooling Delnand (Operating Modes _'OOL---_gPT--+
DMD. 0 plus the change in cool delnand (Operating
Modes4DOL_9Pr-+rm).() times the Cool Therlnal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes4DOL---_9PT4_.LA6) is greater
than the SPY Cool Demand (+) Level (Operating Modes_
cOOL _gPr _(_z.PO).
DMD.C+ rRD.C* C.LAG> (Z.PD
This method is only used after the Compressor Settling
Time ((bnfiguration--_U?_gT--_qAT.I), has been exceeded
and the supply-air temperature is slowly increasing. The sec-
oM method will add a stage of cooling when Cool Demand is
greater than the SPT Cool Delnand (+) Level plus 0.5° F
(DMD.C > (Z.PD + 0.5) and the supply-air telnperature
(Operating Modes_,COOL--_AT--_AI) is changing at a
rate greater than 0.3 ° F per minute.
The control uses two methods to relnove a stage of com-
pressor cooling. The first method will relnove a stage of cool-
ing when the Cooling Demand (Operating Modes4DOL
_gPT_OMO. _) plus the change in cool demand (Operating
Modes4DOL---_qPT_TRD._) times the Cool Therlnal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes_OOL--_7PT_'.LAG) is less
than the SPY Cool Demand @) Level (Operating Modes_
COOL---_gPT4Z.ND).
DMD.C+ fRO.C* C.LAG< (Z.ND
This method is only used after the Compressor Settling
Time (SAT.!), has been exceeded and the supply air tempera-
ture is slowly decreasing. The second method will relnove a
stage of cooling when Cool Demand is less than the SPY Cool
Demand @) Level minus 0.5° F (DMD.C <(Z.ND 0.5) and
the supply air telnperature (SA!) is changing at a rate less than
0.2°F per minute.
Configurable delays also apply when adding stages
((bnfiguration_COOL_.IN 0 or relnoving stages
((bnfiguration_COOL _.DE O. Compressor minimum
on-time (Configumtion_'COOL--_lIRT. 0 and minimum
off-time (Configuration _'OOL---_MOT..() also apply.
OUTDOOR FANS Each unit has a means for variable
outdoor airflow to control condenser pressure control within an
acceptable range by responding to varied operating modes and
alnbient temperatures. This is implemented dift_rently on
different units using multi-speed motors, multiple outdoor tans,
or variable-speed motor controllers.
NOTE: Factory default configurations account for these lnodel
ditthences and should not be changed. The default configura-
tions have been qualified over a lane range of conditions and
are provided in case a field replacement of a control board
occurs and the settings need to be checked or manually config-
ured. Outdoor fan operation is further described below to assist
in troubleshooting.
Units Without Humidi-MiZer TM System The outdoor fan
speed, number, and location for each of three levels is defined
tbr each cooling circuit in the Circuit submenus (Configura-
tion_COOL_CIR.x). Results of the factory configurations
are sho,a_ in Tables 38A-39B. The tan level selected during
operation is based on factory configurations of outdoor
temperature limits and condenser pressure limits. These are in
the Outdoor Fan Control submenu (Configuration--+
COOL _OF O. Initial thn level starts at zero and increments to
level 1when Fan LEV0 Max Pressure limit is reached. Chang-
es between levels 1 to 3 are initially selected based on outdoor
air temperature (OAT) input and the level On and Off tempera-
rare limits. The levels may be further adjusted based on the
circuit saturated condensing temperatures (Tempem-
tures--+REET--_7CT.x) and the level Max and Min pressure
limits.
Units With Humidi-MiZer System Outdoor tan control for
Humidi-MiZer units includes a Motonnaster,_a)variable-speed
control for OFM 1 and OFM4. Contactor OFC 1 controls power
to the Motonnaster control. The Motorlnaster control automat-
icalty adjusts the outdoor thn speed to maintain approximately
80 to 100 F condenser telnperature for circuit A at all outdoor
ambient temperatures. Contactor OFC2 controls the relnaining
two Pans (48/50PG20) or relnaining 4 _ans (48/50PG24 and
28). The tan level operation is detennined by some or all out-
door thn control configurations described above, plus addition-
at Humidilnizer confimlrations ((bnfiguration--->HZMR).
Table 38A -- Outdoor Fan Level Transitions
without Humidi-MiZer System
FAN LEVEL OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (F)
Level 2 On 55 (size 20), 45 (sizes 24, 28)
Level 2 Off 50 (size 20), 40 (sizes 24, 28)
Level 3 On 65
Level 3 Off 55
Table 38B -- Outdoor Fan Level Transitions
with Humidi-Mizer System
FAN LEVEL OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (F)
Level 2 On 88 (size 20), 8! (size 24 and 28)
Level 2 Off 57
Level 3 On 88 (size 20), 88 (size 24 and 28)
Level 3 Off 78 (size 20), 82 (size 24 and 28)
Table 39A -- Fan Level Control of Outdoor Fan
Contactors (1, 2, 3)without Humidi-MiZer System
FAN LEVEL
0
1
2
3
CIRCUIT
A B
1 (20, 24) 3
1,3 (28)
1,2 (20) 2, 3(20)
2 (24, 28) 2 (24, 28)
1,2 (20, 24) 1, 2, 3 (28) 2, 3
Table 39B -- Fan Level Control of Outdoor Fan
Contactors (1 and 2) with Humidi-Mizer System
FAN LEVEL CIRCUITS A and B
0
11
1,2 (20)
2 2 (24-28)
3 1,2
Gas Heating (48PG Units)-- For 48PG units, the
heat type confi_ration Configuration -+HEAT---_HT..TY will
be thctory set to a value of 1.
Heat will not operate if the outdoor temperature is
greater than the value configured for the heat lockout telnpera-
ture, (bnfiguration---yHEAT---yHT..LO. Minimum on-time,
Configumtion---yHEAT---yMRT.H, and lninilnum off-time,
Configulvttion---yHEAT---yMOT..H, tilnemmrds apply to both
stages of heating. Factory default values are 2 minutes On and
2 lninutes Off The IGC lninimum on-time of 1 lninute will be
followed even ifMRT.His lower and during Sel_:ice Test.
42
Iftheindoortancontrolisconfiguredtocyclewiththeheat-
ing demand((bnfiguration---_UNIr_OC.FN= No) the
thn will stop after a conligured delay, (bnfiguration---_
HEAT---_FOD.G Factory dethutt value is 45 seconds. If the
IGC temperature limit switch opens within 10 minutes of the
end of the gas heating, the next thn off delay wilt be extended
by 15 seconds. The maximum delay is 3 minutes. Once modi-
fied by the IGC, the thn off delay will not change back to
FOD.G unless power is reset to the control.
A light-emitting-diode (LED) is provided on the It_R2
(intemated gas controller) to indicate its status. During normal
operation the LED is continuously on. See the Troubleshooting
section if the LED is offor flashing. The IGC is located behind
gas section access panel. See Fig. 5 for location.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL When the thermostat calls
for heating, the MBB senses that W1 is On and closes the HT.1
relay. When the relay is closed, it sends power to W on the It_R2
(intemated gas unit controller) board. An LED (light-emitting
diode) on the IGC board will be on during normal operation.
A check is made to ensure that the rollout switch and limit
switch are closed. The induced-draft motor is then energized.
When speed is proven with the Hall Effect sensor on the motor,
the imlition activation period begins.
The burners will i_ite within 5 seconds. If the burners do
not light, there is a 22-second delay betbre another 5-second
attempt. If the burners still do not light, this sequence is repeated
for 15minutes. After the 15minutes have elapsed, ffthe burners
still have not imlited, heating is locked out. The control wilt
reset when the request for heat is temporarily removed.
When ignition occurs, the IGC board wilt continue to moni-
tor the coMition of the rotlout switch, limit switches, Hall
Effect sensor, and the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled
through a room thermostat set for tan auto, 45 seconds after
ignition occurs the indoor-fan motor wilt be eneNized (and the
outdoor-air dampers wilt open to their minilnum position). If
for some reason the overtelnperamre limit opens prior to the
start of the indoor tan blower, on the next attempt, the
45-second delay will be shortened to 5 seconds less than the
time fiom initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will
not be interrupted to the burners and heating wilt continue.
Once modNed, the thn on delay will not change back to
45 secoMs unless power is reset to the control.
When additional heat is required and the MBB senses that
W2 is On, the MBB will turn on the HT.2 relay which sends
power to the second stage of the main gas valve. If the thenno-
star relnoves the call for W2, the unit wilt turn offHT.2. If W1
is satisfied, the MBB will mm off HT. 1 which will turn off gas
to the main burners.
If the user has selected Adaptive (see Cooling section) for
its thermostat mode, the algorithin will follow the configurable
delays for adding and relnoving stages. When adding addition-
al heat stages, the delay is measured ftom when the last stage
was added (Configumtion---_HEAT---_H.IN(). When relnov-
ing stages, the delay is measured ftom when the last stage was
removed (Configuration--_HEAT--_H.DEO. Therefore, if
W1 and W2 turn on simultaneously, the second stage wilt turn
on after a H.INC delay.
NOTE: ff the mode is not Adaptive, then there are no delays
tbr adding and relnoving stages.
SPACE SENSOR CONTROL To operate the unit in
Space Sensor 1node, set the Unit Control Type to 3 (Configura-
tion--+U?ClT--+U.CTL 3). To enable heating during space
temperature control, a jumper wire must be added between R
and W1 on the field connection terminal strip (see Major
System Components section tbr wiring diam'ams).
Because Space Sensor mode is an "Auto" mode, the control
will switch between cooling and heating to maintain space
temperature. However, to lninimize unnecessary changes, there
is a 10-minute mode select tilne_ard (Operating Modes---_
HEAT--+MS.TG) after the last stage of cool rams off before
heating is allowed.
The unit tries to maintain the space temperature at the Occu-
pied Heat Set Point (Setpoints_OHSP) or the Unoccupied
Heat Set Point (Setpoints--+UHSP). See the Occupancy Deter-
mination section for thctors that affect the Occupied stares
(Run Status---_VIEW_'OC O. Heating Demand (Operating
Modes--+HEAT---_qPT---_DMD.H) is equal to the occupied or
unoccupied set point minus the Space Temperature (Operating
Modes -+HEA T---_gP T---_gP I).
DMD.H setpoint SPT
Two lnethods are used to add and relnove stages of heating
for units with lnore than one heat stage. The first method caus-
es the unit to operate around its steady-state number of stages.
For example, if the correct number of stages is between 0
and 1, this method will cause the first stage to cycle. If the cor-
rect number of stages is between 1 and 2, this method will
cause the second stage to cycle. The second method causes the
unit to find the steady-state number of stages. Details of these
methods are provided below.
SCREEN
(HIDDEN)
PEM 1
CONTROLBOX
OUTLET CO2SENSOR
FI_ER ACCESS
RETURNSMOKE DOOR
DETECTOR
SMOKECONTROL
MODULE
GAS SECTION
Fig. 5-- Panel and Filter Locations (48PG Unit Shown)
43
The control uses rvvomethods to add a stage of heating. The
first method will add a stage of heating when the
Heating Demand (Operating Modes-+HEAT---aqPT-+
DMD.H) plus the change in heat demand (Operating
Modes -+HEAT_SPT-+TRD.H) times the Heat Thermal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes-+HEAT---)_7PT-+H.LAG) is greater
than the SPT Heat Demand (+) Level (Operating Modes-+
HEAT---_qPT -+HT..PD ).
DMD.H +TRD.H *H.LAG >HT..PD
The second method will add a stage of heating when Heat
Delnand is greater than the SPT Heat Demand (+) Level plus
0.5° F (DMD.H> HT..PD + 0.5) and the heat demand is chang-
ing at a rate greater than 0.3° F per minute.
The control uses two methods to relnove a stage of heating.
The first method will relnove a stage of heating when the
Heating Demand (Operating Modes-+HEAT---afPT-+
DMD.H) plus the change in heat demand (Operating
Modes -+HEAT---_7PT-+TRD.H) times the Heat Thermal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes-+HEAT---afPT-+H.LAG) is less
than the SPT Heat Demand _) Level (Operating Modes-+
HEAT---a7PT -+HT.ND).
DMD.H + change TRD.H * H.LAG <HT.ND
The second method wilt remove a stage of heating when
Heat Demand is less than the SPY Heat Demand @) Level
minus 0.5 ° F (DMD.H< HL.ND 0.5) and the heat demand is
changing at a rate less than 0.3 ° F per minute.
Confimlrabte delays also apply when adding stages
(Configumtion-+HEAT-+H.IN 0 or removing stages
((bnfiguration-+HEAT-+H.DE O. Heat stage minimuln
on-time ((bnfiguration-+HEAT-+MRT.H) and minilnmn
off-tilne (Configuration -+HEAT+MOT.H) also apply.
SUPPLY-AIR TEMPERATURE (SAT) SENSOR The SAT
Heat Sensing Configuration affects the SAT value displayed.
The confi_ration is accessible via the Scrolling Marquee at
Configuration -+Unit _AT.H.
(bnfiguration-+HEAT---aqAT.H = DSBL When SAT.H =
DSBL, the SAT value on the Scrolling Marquee and CCN
tables will be forced to zero when heat outputs come ON and
for 5 minutes after. The dethult SAT sensor location is at the
thn inlet, upstream of the heat section.
(bnfiguration-+HEAT---aqAT.H = ENBL When SAT.H =
ENBL, the supply-air telnperature measured by the SAT sen-
sor is displayed at the scrolling marquee and the CCN tables
during heating mode. This setting should only be used if the
original SAT sensor is replaced by an accessory SAT sensor
located in the supply duct, downstream of the heat section.
Electric Heat (50PG Units) -- For 50PG units with
factory-installed electric heat, the heat type confim_ration
(bnfiguration-+HEAT-+HT.TY will be factory set to a
value of 2 and the number of heat stages confimaration
(bnfiguration-+HEAT-+?c:HTR wilt be thctory set to match
the installed heater. If electric heat is installed in the field, the
value of HT.TYmust be changed.
Heat will not operate if the outdoor temperature is
greater than the value configmred tbr the heat lockout tempera-
rare, Configm.ation-+HEAT-+HT.LO. Minilnum on-time,
(bnfigumtion-+HEAT.+_lIRT.H, and minimum off-tilne,
(bnfiguration-+HEAT.+3/IOT.H, timeguards apply to both
stages of heating. Factory default values are 2 minutes On and
2 minutes Off
If the indoor fma control is confimared to cycle with the heat-
ing demand ((bnfiguration-+UNIT.+OCFN = No) the
tan will stop after a configured delay (Configuration
-+HEAT-+FOD.E). The factory de_hult value is 30 seconds.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL The first stage of electric
heat (HT.1) will follow the W1 input and the second stage
(HT.2) of heat will follow the W2 input. During auto tan, the
indoor tan wilt follow the HT. 1 output. During cominuous tan,
the indoor tan will follow the G input.
If the user has selected Adaptive (see Cooling section) tbr
thermostat mode, the algorithln will follow the configurable
delays for adding and relnoving stages. When adding addition-
al heat stages, the delay is measured from when the last stage
was added (Configurntion-+HEAT-+H.IN O. Wheal relnov-
ing stages, the delay is measured from when the last stage was
removed ((bnfiguration-+HEAT-+H.DEO. There_bre, if
W1 and W2 turn on silnultaneously, the second stage wilt turn
on after a H.INC delay.
NOTE: If the 1node is not Adaptive, then there are no delays
tbr adding and removing stages.
SPACE SENSOR CONTROL During Space Sensor con-
trol, the electronic conuol uses in_bnnation froln the space
sensor to determine the nmnber of heat stages. Once the nmn-
ber of stages needed tbr heating is determined, either HT.1 or
HT. 1 and HT.2 outputs will be turned on. See Space Sensor
Control section for gas heat units for more information.
NOTE: The jumper wire in the installer's packer must be con-
nected between R and W1 when using a T-55, T-56, or T-58
device. See Major System Components section.
SUPPLY-MR TEMPERATUP, E (SAT) SENSOR The SAT
Heat Sensing Confimlration affects the SAT value displayed.
SAT Heat Sensing (SAT.H) Configuration is accessible via the
Scrolling Marquee at Configumtion-+Unit---_AT.H.
Configuration -+HEAT---_qAT.H = DSBL When SAT.H =
DSBL, the SAT value on the Scrolling Marquee and CCN
tables wilt be forced to zero when heat outputs come ON and
for 5 lninutes after. The default SAT sensor location is at the
tan inlet, upstream of the heat section.
Configuration -+HEAT---_qAT.H = ENBL When SAT.H =
ENBL, the supply-air temperature measured by the SAT sen-
sor is displayed at the scrolling marquee and the CCN tables
during heating mode. This setting should only be used if the
original SAT sensor is replaced by an accessory SAT sensor
located in the supply duct, downstream of the heat section.
Economizer--If an economizer is installed, then
Econolnizer Installed configuration ((bnfiguration-+
U?ffT-+EC.E?€) should be set to YES. The economizer is
controlled by the economizer output simaal (Outputs'-+
E(DN-+ECCP) on the ECB control. If the indoor tan is offor
the building is unoccupied, the economizer position is zero. If
in Occupied mode and the unit is heating or cooling and the
economizer cannot provide flee cooling, the econolnizer
position is the confimlred economizer minilnum position
(Configuration-+E(DN-+EC.MN) or the position specified
by the IAQ algorithin. If in Unoccupied lnode, the position is
0% open.
The economizer will be allowed to help with cooling if the
outdoor-air telnperamre (Temperature-+AIR.T_OAT) is less
than the confi_red economizer high temperature lockout
(Setpoints-+EH.LO) and greater than the configured econo-
mizer low temperature lockout (Setpoints-+ELLO). It" an
enthalpy sensor is installed, the outdoor telnperamre must be
below the econolniZer high temperature lockout and the
enthalpy (Inputs'.+GEPC:I-+ENTH) must be LOW. For cool-
ing, the econolnizer position can vary bewveen the con-
figured economizer minilnum position ((bnfigumtion-+
E(DN-+EC.MN) and the economizer maxilnum cooling
position ((bnfigumtion -+E_ON-+ECMX).
THERMOSTAT CONTROL ff the unit is in cooling,
operating under thermostat control, Y1 ON, and the econo-
mizer is available tbr cooling, the economizer wilt control the
supply-air temperature to the low cool set point
(Setpoints-+L(SP). When Y2 = ON, the economizer will con-
trol the supply-air temperature to high cool set point
(Setpoints -+IICSP).
44
SPACESENSORCONTROL If theunitis in cooling,
operatingunderspacetcnnperaturecontrol,theeconomizeris
availableforcooling,andnocompressorsareoperating,the
economizerwillcontroltheSATtoeitherSetpoints--->LCgP or
Setpoints---_HCSP (see Table 40). If a compressor is ON, the
economizer will try to position itself at the economizer maxi-
mum cooling position (Configuration ---_EL_ON--_ECMX).
If the control senses low suction pressure for any active re-
fi-igerant circuit when the economizer is also providing cooling,
the maximmn allowable economizer position will be reduced.
Factory default confi_rations have been qualified over a lane
range of conditions and should only be changed with care. For
unit troubleshooting, factory default maximum economizer
limits for this condition are provided in Table 41.
Table 40 -- LCSP and HCSP Transitions for
Space Temperature Mode
CURRENT SAT
SET POINT
LCSP
HCSP
LCSP
LEGEND
HCSP -- High Coot Set Point
LCSP -- Low Cool Set Point
SAT -- Supply-Air Temperature
COOL DEMAND NEXT SAT
(AF) SET POINT
>05 HCSP
<0 LCSP
<-0.5 Exit Cooling
Table 41 -- Maximum Economizer Limits During
Low Suction Pressure
COOLING STAGE ]LIMIT (%)
Bottom ] 50
Middle 50
Top 0
ECONOMIZER ACTUATOR COMMUNICATIONS The
confi_ration Economizer Control Type determines the
colrnnunication method, either digital or analog, used to
colrnnunicate between the ECB and the economizer actuator.
Economizer Control Type is accessible via the Scrolling
Marquee at Configurations--_E(DN--_E.CTL. The power to
the unit must be cycled after E. CTL is changed.
E. CTL = 1 (Digital/Position) When E.(TL is set to 1, the
ECB will co_rnnunicate with the economizer actuator using the
digital protocol. The ECB 4 to 20 mA output will represent the
actuator's actual position. Because the wiring has a built-in
500-ohin resistor, the 4 to 20 mA signal is converted to a 2 to
10-v signal that is accessible via field connection terminal board
TB2-8 aaldTB2-9. However, before this signal coalbe read, the
violet wire that connects the actuator to field connection termi-
nal board TB2-J10-8 must be removed or cut.
E.CTL = 2 (Digital/Command) When E.(TL is set to 2,
the ECB will communicate with the economizer actuator using
the digital protocol. The ECB 4 to 20 mA output will represent
the actuator's colrnnanded position. Because the wiring has a
built-in 500-ohm resistor, the 4 to 20 mA signal is converted to
a 2 to 10-v signal that is accessible via field connection termi-
nal board TB2-8 and TB2-9. However, betbre this signal can
be read, the violet wire that connects the actuator to field con-
nection terminal board TB2-J10-8 must be removed or cut.
E. CTL = 3 (Analog Control) When E.(TL is set to 3, the
ECB wilt colrnnunicate with the economizer actuator using the
4 to 20 mA analog signal wired to TB2-8 and TB2-9 along
with the 500-ohin resistor producing a 2 to 10-v signal for the
actuator. While in this mode, the actuator's built-in 2 to 10-v
feedback signal is accessible via TB2-9 and TB2-10.
UNOCCUPIED FREE COOLING The unoccupied fiee
cooling algorithin attempts to maintain the building space at
the occupied cooling set point during unoccupied periods if the
coMitions in the building and the outdoors are suitable. Three
different confimlrations define this algorithm: Unoccupied
Free Cooling ((bnfiguration--+E_DN--+UEFC), Free Cool-
ing Preoccupancy Time (Configuration--_E(ON--_FC. TM)
and Free Cool Low Ternp Limit ((bnfiguration--_
ECON--_FC.LO).
(bnfiguration--_E_ON--_UEFC = 0 (Disabled) When
UEFC = 0, unoccupied fiee cooling is disabled.
(bnfigurafion-->ELON-->UEFC= 1 (Unoccupied) When
UEFC = 1, unoccupied fiee cooling can occur whenever the
building is unoccupied.
(bnfigurafion--_ECON_UEFC= 2 (Preoccupancy) When
UEFC = 2, unoccupied fi'ee cooling can only occux when the
time to the next occupied period is less than Configumtion--_
ECON--_FC. TMminutes.
Configumtion---_E_ ON---_F(: TM FC TM is the configura-
tion that determines how many minutes before occupancy that
fiee cooling can occur.
Configumtion--_ECON--_FCLO Unoccupied flee cooling
cannot occur if the Outdoor Air Temperature (Tempera-
ture--_AIR. T_OA1) is less than FCLO.
POWER EXHAUST To enable power exhaust, Configu-
ration--+E_ON--_PE.EN must be set to ENBL. If power ex-
haust is enabled, Power Exhaust 1 will turn on when the econo-
mizer position is reeater than the value of Configuration--_
E_DN---_PE.1. If power exhaust is enabled, Power Exhaust 2
will turn on when the economizer position is re'eater than the
value of Configuration--_ELON--_PE.2. There are small time
delays to ensure that rapid cycling does not occur.
Optional Humidi-MiZer TM Dehumidification Sys-
tem--Units with the thctory-equipped Humidi-MiZer
option are capable of providing multiple modes of improved
dehumidification as a variation of the normal cooling cycle.
The Humidi-MiZer option includes additional valves in the
liquid line and discharge line of each refiigerant circuit, a small
reheat condenser coil downstream of the evaporator, and
Motonnaster,_R)variable-speed control of some or all outdoor
fans. Operation of the revised refiigerant circuit for each mode
is described belo,a:
NOTE: x refrigerant circuit A or B.
Normal Coolina Ret}igerant flows t}om the outdoor
condenser through the de-energized 3-way vane (RHI.x) to
the expansion device. Reheat2 Valve (RH2.x) is closed. See
Fig. 6.
Reheat 1 (Subcoolin_ Mode) This mode incaeases latent
cooling and decreases sensible cooling compared to normal
cooling. Refi-igerant flows fiom the outdoor condense1;
through the energized 3-way Valve (RH1 .x), and throu_l the
reheat condenser coil to the expansion device. Reheat2 _alve
(RH2.x) is closed. See Fig. 7.
Reheat 2 (Hot Gas Reheat Mode) This mode provides
maximum latent cooling with little to no sensible capacity.
This mode can operate to provide dehmnidification when there
is no cooling demand. Like Reheat 1 mode, refiigerant flows
fi'om the outdoor condenser, through the energized 3-way vane
(RH1 .x), and through the reheat condenser coil to the expan-
sion device. Reheat2 Valve (RH2.x) is open which provides
some compressor discharge gas to the reheat condenser to fur-
ther increase the reheat of the evaporator air stream. See Fig. 8.
Units with multiple circuits can operate with additional
staging of the cooling and dehumidification capacity. When
there is only cooling demand, based on a space temperature
sensor or thermostat, one or more circuits will operate in
normal cooling mode. When there is only dehumidification
demand, based on a space humidity sensor or switch, all
circuits will operate in reheat2 mode. When there is both
cooling demand and dehumidification demand, all circuits will
operate in either reheatl or reheat2 mode, with the portion of
reheat 1 circuits determined fiom the cooling demand.
45
Outdoorfan controlfor Humidi-MiZersTstemunits
includesaMotonnaster(r9variable-speedcontrolofsomeorall
outdoorPans,dependingonunitmodelsize.TheMotonnaster
controlautomaticallyadjuststheoutdoorfanspeedtomaintain
approximately80to100FcondensertemperatureforcircuitA
atalloutdoormnbienttemperatures.Somemodelsizeshave
additionalon!offstagingofsomeoutdoorfans.Thisstagingis
controlledbybothoutdoortemperatureandcondensercoil
temperature.
CompressorstaNngcontrolforHumid-MiZerunitsrequires
thatcircuitAalwaysoperatewhencircuitBison.Thisapplies
tonormaloperation,servicetest,andforcontrolalarmrespons-
es.Thisoperationdifferenceisrequiredduetothetactthatthe
MotonnasteroutdoortancontrolsensescircuitAonly.
SETTINGUPTHESYSTEM The system requires instal-
lation mid confimlration of either a space relative humidity
sensor or a relative humidity switch input.
RH2.x
.... ""..............................................I?
-,, L ....................................................................
OUTDOOR AIR L ._
'_ EVAP COIL
METERING
DEVICE
_l_"_ CLOSED VALVE
[_ OPEN VALVE
3-WAY VALVE 17
INDOOR ENTERING
AIR
Fig. 6 -- Normal Cooling Mode -- Humidi-MiZer TM System
HUMIDI-MIZER COIL
I?
EVAP COIL
_l,_,,_ CLOSED VALVE
[_ OPEN VALVE
[_ 3-WAY VALVE 17
INDOOR ENTERING
AIR
Fig. 7- Subcooling Mode (Reheat1)- Humidi-MiZer System
METERING
DEVICE
46
RH2.x
)METERING
DEVICE
_,-_,_ CLOSED VALVE
OPEN VALVE
[_ 3-WAY VALVE I}
INDOOR ENTERING
AIR
Fig. 8 -- Hot Gas Reheat Mode (Reheat2) -- Humidi-MiZer TM System
Space Humidity Switch (Configuration --yUNIT--yRH.SVV)
Set to 1 for use of a normally open switch, or 2 tbr normally
closed switch. The switch is wired to field connection terminal
board terminals labeled HUMDISTAT.
RH Sensor on OAQ Input (Configuration--yUNIT--yRH.S)
Set to Yes tbr use ofa 4 to 20 mA output RH sensor wired to
field connection terlninal board terminals 3 and 4. If using an
RH sensoi; the following configurations also apply:
Space RH Setpoint (Setpoints--yRH.SP) This sets the
taiget % relative humidity.
Space RH Deadband (Setpoints--yRH.DB) This sets the
control ± deadband for % relative humidity.
RH Sensor Value at 4ma (Coq!_guration--yAIR.(J--yH.gM)
This sets the % display for a 4mA input fiom the relative
humidity sensor.
RH Sensor Value at 20ma (Coq!_guration--yAIR.Q--y
H.2OM) This sets the % display for a 20mA input fiom the
relative humidity sensor.
Reheat Heat SP Deadband (Setpoints--yRH.HB) If the
unit is configured for use of a space temperature sensor instead
of a thermostat (Configumtion--yUNIT--yU.CTL = Yes), then
this confi_ration applies. This configuration sets the oit;et
above the heating set point at which a unit in Reheat2 mode
will turn off This is a protection against over cooling the space
and causing a heat demand.
Other configurations affecting the Hmnidi-MiZer operation
are located at Configuration--yHMZR. See Appendix A.
NOTE: These configurations are dependent on the specific
unit and should not be changed. The configurations are
provided in case a field replacement of a control board occurs
and the settings need to be checked or manually confi_red.
Hmnidilnizer Equipped (REHT) Set to Yes tbr Hmnidi-
MiZer equipped units. Enables Humidi-MiZer operating
modes and service test.
Reheat2 Stage Decr. Time (R.DEC) If using adaptive con-
trol mode, then this is a time delay in staged decrease of
multiple circuits in Reheat2 mode. This delay is overridden by
a zero demand t;_r dehumidification or a positive delnmld for
cooling.
Reheat2 Stage Incr. Time (R.INC) If using adaptive con-
trol mode, then this is a time delay in staged increase of multi-
ple circuits in Reheat2 mode.
Reheat Fan Control (RH.FN) Enables model specific
outdoor fan control for certain models equipped with
Humidi-MiZer system.
Reheat ODF Fan On Level (RELV) Sets the Reheat2
mode outdoor fan level in some lnodel specific thn control.
Reheat20DF Fan On Temp (REON) Sets the Reheat2
mode change temperature to increased outdoor fro1level.
Reheat20DF Fan OffYemp (REOF) Sets the Reheat2
mode change temperature to decrease outdoor fro1level.
Reheat2 OAT Limit A (RA.LO) This configuration is the
low outdoor air temperature limit for Reheat2 mode tier circuit
A. It will disable or enable circuit A.
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit A (RA.LP) This confimlration is
the low pressure limit for Reheat2 mode for circuit A. It wilt
turn valve RH2.A off
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit A (RA.HP) This confimlration is
the high pressure limit tbr Reheat2 mode for circuit A. If low
pressure limit previously occurred, this limit will turn valve
RH2.A back on after 2-minute delay.
Reheat2 OAT Limit B,C (RB.LO) This configuration is
the low outdoor air temperature limit for Reheat2 mode for
circuit B. It will disable or enable circuit B.
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit B,C (RB.LP) This configuration is
the low pressure limit for Reheat2 mode for circuit B. It will
turn valve RH2.B off
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit B,C (RB.HP) This confimlration is
the high pressure limit for Reheat2 mode for circuit B. If low
pressure limit previously occurred, this limit wilt turn valve
RH2.B back on after 2-minute delay.
47
REHEATMODESELECTIONPROCESSSelectionofthe
reheatmodeforeachrefi-igerantcircuitisdeterminedfiomthe
spacehumidity(tiomRHsensoror switchinput)andthe
circuitcoolingdelnand(fiomspacetemperaturesensororther-
mostatinput).Table42showstheconespondingcircuitmode
andoutputstatusforthedifferentdemandcombinations.
Figure9 showsthevalvelocationsof Humidi-MiZerTM
equipped units. Units with multiple circuits can operate with a
combination of Reheat 1and Reheat2 circuits, as determined by
the amount of space cooling demand. See Appendix B for
complete tables of unit operation response to thermostat and
humidity inputs.
REHEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP The status of
reheat mode sensor inputs may be viewed within the display
Inputs menu. The status of reheat mode outputs may be viewed
within the display Outputs or Run Status--yCOOL menus.
Additional diagnostic help, including status of circuit reheat
temperature limit lockouts may be viewed within the
Humidi-MiZer sub-menu of the cooling mode diagnostic table
at Operating Modes _'OOL --yHMZR.
The Sel_giceTest mode may be used to force the system to
operate in various stages of Reheatl oi Reheat2 mode, or to
independently operate the reheat valve control outputs.
The following forced operating states are changed oi added
to the available sel_qce test operation for a Hmnidi-MiZer
equipped unit:
Setwice Test-+COOL-+CMP.A (Cool A Test) A value of
On wilt turn on circuit A in Normal Cooling mode.
Setwice Test-+COOL-+CMP.B (Cool B Test) A value of
On will turn on circuits A and B in Normal Cooling mode.
Setwice Test-+COOL-+CMP. C (Coot C Test) Not used.
Service Test-+HMZR-+RH1.A (Reheat1 A Test) A value
of On wilt turn on circuit A in Reheat 1mode.
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH1.B (Reheatl B Test) A value
of On will turn on circuits A and B in Reheat 1 mode.
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH1.C(Reheatl C Test) Not used.
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH2.A (Reheat2 A Test) A value
of On will turn on circuit A in Reheat2 mode.
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH2.B (Reheat2 B,C Test) A value
of On will turn on circuits A and B in Reheat2 mode.
Service Test-+HMZR-+CRC (Cool-Reheatl Valve Test)
A value of On will turn on the CRC relay. This will energize
RH1.A and RH1.B.
Set'vice Test-+HMZR-+RHV.A (Reheat2 Valve A Test)
A value of On will turn on the RH2.A valve.
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RHV.B (Reheat2 _alve B,C
Test) A value of On will turn on the RH2.B valve.
Service Test-+Fans-+OFC.1 (Outdoor Fan 1 Test) Turn on
OFC1, providing power to the Motonnaster,¢9 controller.
Outdoor fans 1 and 4 will operate under the control of the
Motonnaster controller.
R}!I A
I
RH2A
Fig. 9-- Humidi-MiZer System Valve Locations
Service Test-+Fans-+OFC.2 (Outdoor Fan 2 Teso Turn on
OFC2. Outdoor fans 2, 3, 5, and 6will operate.
Service Test-+Fans-+OFC.3 (Outdoor Fan 1 Test) Not
used.
Service Test-+INDP-+(L7t (Crankcase Heat Test) Not
used. Compressor crankcase heaters are wired directly to line
powe£
AIR BAFFLES The 48/50PG units with Humidi-MiZer
option are equipped with Motonnaster,¢9 control to maintain
adequate dischaNe pressalre for proper unit operation during
low ambient operation. This becomes especially c_-iticalin the
Reheat2 mode of operation. Wind could have a detiimental
effect depending on the orientation and the expected design
latent load of the space. If the unit is oriented with the vertical
condenser coil toward the prevailing wind, then the field-
fabricated wind baffles are required. If the unit is not oriented
as described above, but there is expected long operational
periods in the Reheat2 mode, then the field-fabricated wind
banes are recommended. See Fig. 10 for dimensions of the
field-fabricated wind baffles.
Table 42 -- Control Modes with Humidi-MiZer System
Output and Valve States versus Circuit Mode .x = CircuitA or B identifier
DEMAND AND MODE OUTPUTS VALVES
Circuit Circuit Cooling-Reheat Reheat2
Space Cooling Circuit Indoor Fan RHI,x Valve RH2.x Valve
Humidity Mode (IDF) Compressor Control Valve
Demand (CMP.x) (CRC)* (RH2.x) 3-way 2-way
-- -- No power OFF OFF OFF OFF Off Off (closed)
Low No Off Per ventilation OFF OFF OFF Off Off (closed)
control
Low Yes Coot ON ON OFF OFF Off Off (ctosed)
High Yes Reheat1 ON ON ON OFF On Off (closed)
High No Reheat2 ON ON ON ON On On (open)
*NOTE: One CRC state for all circuits per space humidity.
48
\
\\\\
\
_\\\\\
\\\
\\
\
\\\
\\\\\\\\\\
\\\\\\\\\
\
8 PLACES ON 020 0_
_9 PLACES O_ 628
_s Et_CHS_E
Fig. 10- Wind Baffle Dimensions
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) -- The (7omfbrtLinkTM con-
trol has the capability for several methods of demand ventila-
tion control, hldoor air quality is typically measured using a
CO2 sensor whose measurelnents are displayed in parts per mil-
lion (ppm). Outdoor air quality may be measured with a CO2
sensor for indoor-outdoor differential demand ventilation
control, or with other sensor types for the outdoor air lockout
function. The factory-installed indoor air quality CO2 sensor is
mounted in the return section. A field-installed indoor air
quality CO2 sensor may be mounted in the retum or directly in
the occupied space, per job requirements. The indoor air quality
modes of operation can be afl_cted by configurations for iMoor
air quality sensor (Conftguration-+AIR. Q-+IA. CF), indoor air
quality switch ((bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+IZCF), outdoor air
quality sensor (Configuration-+AIR.Q_OA.CF) and other
related fan madlimit configurations as described below.
IAQ (Analog Input) The ComfbrtLink TM control is config-
ured tbr indoor air quality sensors which provide 4 to
20 mA for 0 to 2000 ppm. If a sensor has a diflhent range,
the ppm display range must be reconfigured by entering new
values for (bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+L4M and (bnfigura-
tion -+AIR. Q-+L2OM.
IA. (T = 0 (No IAQ) IA. (T = 0 signifies that there is
no IAQ sensor installed. The damper will operate at the
Configumtion-+AIR.Q-+ECMN position when the space is
occupied and the indoor t_aaais on.
1A. CF = 1 (DCV) When Lt.(T = 1, the IAQ algoritban is
set tbr Demand Control Ventilation (DCV). During DCV, the
damper modulates between two user confignrations depending
upon the relationship bewveen the IAQ and the Outdoor Air
Quality (OAQ). The lower of these two positions is referred to
as the Minimmn IAQ Damper Position (Configuration
-+AIR.Q-+AQ.MN) while the higher is referred to as Econo-
mizer Minhnum Position (ECMN). The AQ.MN should be set
to an economizer position that brings in enough fiesh air to
relnove contaminants and CO 2generated by sources other than
people. The ECMN should be set to an economizer position
that brings in enough flesh air to remove contaminants and
CO2 generated by all sources including people. The ECMN
value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
The ComJbrtLink control will begin to open the damper
tiom theAQ.MNposition when the IAQ level begins to exceed
the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ) level by a configurable
mnount. This amount is referred to as AQ Differential Low
((bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+AQD.L). When the differential
between IAQ and OAQ reaches AQ Differential High
((bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+AQD.H), the economizer position
will be ECMN. When the IAQ/OAQ difl'erential is between
AQD.L and AQD.H, the control will modulate the damper
bewveen AQ.MN and EC.MN in a linear manner as shown in
Fig. 11. The damper position wilt never exceed the bounds
specified by AQ.MN and EC.MN during IAQ control.
IA.(T = 2 (Override IAQ) When IA.(T = 2, the IAQ
algorithm maintains the damper at (bnfiguration
-+AIR.Q-+ECMN until the override condition triggers. The
override triggers when the IAQ/OAQ differential is reeater
than Configumtion-+AIR.Q-+AQD.H. The override position
is Configuration-+AIR.Q_OVR.P (Economizer Override
Position). The economizer position will return to ECMN
when the IAQ/OAQ differential is less than (bnfiguration
-+AIR. Q-+A QD.L .
The Override algorithm will operate whenever the building
is occupied and the indoor tan is operating or whenever the
IAQ algoritban has caused the indoor tan to operate. The
configuration IA.FN determines whether or not the IAQ atgu-
rithm can turn on the indoor fan.
If the indoor tan is not operating, the economizer position
will be zero. If the oven-ide is not active and the building
is unoccupied, the economizer position will be zero.
The damper position may exceed (bnfigumtion-+AIR.Q
49
---_ECMNor Configuration---_AIR.Q_OVR.P to provide
economizer cooling.
IA.CF = 3 (Control Minilnmn Position) When IA.CF =
3, an external 4 to 20 mA somce is used to set the minilnum
position. The 4 mA signal corresponds to 0% and the 20 mA
signal corresponds to 100%. In this mode, confignrations such
as Configutvttion---_AIR.Q---_EC.MN and Configuration---_
AIR. Q---_AQ.MN are not used.
If the indoor fianis not operating, the economizer position
will be zero. The damper position may exceed the economizer
minilnum position to provide economizer cooling.
IAQ (Switch Input) Indoor air quality can also be lneasured
using a switch input. For the purpose of speci_ing the type of
switch input, low CO2 levels are considered normal. ]?he IAQ
switch input is defined by the configuration by Configuration
---_AIR.Q---_ILCFIAQ Level (Switch Input). Enthalpy and
IAQ are controlled by the saane switch input and therefore they
calmot be used simultaneously.
Configuration---_AIR.()---_IL(T = 0 (No IAQ) ThelLCF
= 0 confignration signifies that there is no IAQ switch input.
The damper will operate at the EC.MN position when the
space is occupied and the indoor fan is on.
Configuration---_AIR.Q---_IL CF = 1 (DCV NO) or IL CF = 2
The Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) allows
the economizer minimum position to be decreased when there
is no IAQ probleln. If IAQ is lo,a; the economizer minilnmn
position is Minilnum IAQ Dmnper Position ((bnfigumtion
_AIIL Q--+AQ.M?€). If IAQ is high, the economizer minilnmn
position is the Economizer Minilnmn Position ((bnfiguration
-->AIR.Q-->ECM?€).
Configuration---_AIR.Q---_IL(T = 3 (Override NO) or
IL (T = 4 (Override NC) The damper override function
permits absolute positioning of the economizer damper for
ventilation purposes. The ovenide is active when IAQ is
high and inactive when IAQ is low. The override position
is configurable by the configuration by (bnfigumtion
_AIR.Q_OVR.P (Economizer Override Position).
OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY (Analog Input) The
ComJbrtLink control is configured for outdoor air quality sen-
sors which provide 4 to 20 mA for 0 to 2000 ppm. If a sensor
has a different range, the ppm display range must be reconfig-
ured by enteI_lg new values for (bnfiguration---_AIR.Q
_0. 4M and (bn figuration--+AIR. Q _0.2(131.
Con[iguration---_AIR.Q_OA.(T = 0 (No OAQ) This
signifies there is no outdoor air sensor installed. The delhult
value of OAQ is 400 ppm.
Con[iguration---_AIR.Q_OA.(T = 1 (DCV) The outdoor
air quality sensor analog input is for the value of OAQ.
Con[iguration---_AIR.Q_OA.(T = 2 (OAQ Lockout)
The outdoor air quality sensor analog input is only used to lock
out the outdoor ventilation. The economizer colrnnanded posi-
tion is set to 0% when the ppm exceeds the OAQ lockout value
configured tbr Configumtion---_AIR.Q_OAQ.L. The dethult
value of OAQ.L is 600 ppm.
FAN ENABLE (Analog IAQ Sensor) The DCV algoritban
will operate whenever the building is occupied and the indoor fan
is operating or whenever the IAQ algoritban has caused the
indoor fro1 to operate. The configuration Configuration
---_AIR.Q---_IA.FN (Fan Enable tbr IAQ), determines whether or
not the IAQ algorithm can turn on the indoor tSal.ff the indoor I'm1
is not operating, the economizer position wilt be zero. The dmnper
position may exceed Configumtion---_AIR.Q---_ECMN to pro-
vide eccmomizer cc×_ling.
Con[iguration---_AIR. Q---_IA.FN = O (Never) When lA.FN
=0, the IAQ algoritban can never turn on the fmL
Configumtion---_AIR.Q---_IA.FN= 1 (Occupied) When
IA.FN= 1, the IAQ algorithln will turn on the indoor fan
whenever the building is occupied and IAQ/OAQ differential
is geater than the configuration Configumtion---_AIR.Q---_
DEON (Fan On AQ Differential). The indoor fma wilt rum off
when the IAQ/OAQ differential is less than the configuration
Configuration --+AIR. Q--+DEOF (Fan Off AQ Differential).
ECONOMIZER
MINIMUM
DAMPER
POSITION
(EC.MN)
MINIMUM
IAQ
DAMPER
POSITION
(AO.MN)
lOO
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
LOW (AQD.L)
700
/
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
HIGH (AQD.H)
Fig. 11 -- IAQ Control
INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO 2 DIFFERENTIAL
50
Configuration--+AIR.Q--+IA.FN= 2(Always) The indoor
tan performance for IA.FN =2is the sane as the perforlnance
when IA.FN = 1 except the algorithm is not limited to occu-
pied periods only. The fan can be triggered on ,ahen the space
is occupied or unoccupied.
FAN ENABLE (IAQ Switch Input) The DCV algorithm
will operate whenever the building is occupied and the indoor
tan is operating or the whenever the IAQ algorithm has caused
the indoor tan to operate. The configuration Configuration
--->AIR.Q-->ILFN (IAQ Switch Input Fan CFG) determines
whether or not the IAQ algorithin can turn on the indoor fan.
If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer position
will be zero. The dalnper position may exceed (bnfiguration
--->AIR.Q-->EC.MN to provide economizer cooling.
Configuration-->AIR.Q-->II.FN = 0 (Never) When ILFN
=0, the IAQ algorithin can never turn on the tan.
Configuration-->AIR.Q-->II.FN= 1 (Occupied) When
ILFN = 1, the IAQ algorithm will turn on the indoor fan when-
ever the building is occupied and IAQ is high. The indoor thn
will mrn offif IAQ reams to nonnat.
(bnfiguration-->AIR.Q-->II.FN= 2 (Abvays) The indoor
thn performance for ILFN = 2 is the sane as the performance
when ILFN = 1 except the algorithin is not limited to occupied
periods only. The tan can be triggered on when the space is
occupied or unoccupied.
Temperature Compensated Start -- This logic is
used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will
calculate early Start Bias time based on Space Temperature
deviation tiom the occupied cooling and heating set points.
This wilt allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at
coMitioned levels when the occupied period starts. This is
required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. This control function
requires a valid occupancy schedule. A space sensor is required
for non-linkage applications.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The settings for tempera-
ture compensated start can be found in the bcal display uMer
Configuration -->UNIT.
ITEM EXPANSION
TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factrl0-60 Imin ITCSTCOOL
TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 10- 60 I min ITCSTHEAT
Temp Comp Strt Cool Factr (TC£O This is the factor for
the start time bias equation for cooling.
Temp Lamp Strt Heat Factr (T(A£//) This is the i_actorfor
the start time bias equation for heating.
NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these
factors are set to 0.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC The
following conditions must be met for the algorithin to an:
• Unit is in unoccupied state.
• Next occupied time is valid.
• Current time of day is valid.
• Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or
CCN network).
The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes us-
ing the following equations:
If (space temperature > occupied cooling set point)
Start Bias Time (space temperature occupied cooling set
point)* TCS.C
If (space temperature < occupied heating set point)
Start Bias Time (occupied heating set point space
temperature) *T(_'S.H
When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm
will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new
start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature
Compensated Start mode is set, the tan is started a11dthe unit
controlled as in an occupied state. Once set, Temperature
Compensated mode wilt stay on until the unit goes into the
Occupied mode. The Start Bias Time will be written into the
CCN Linkage Equipment Table if the unit is controlled in DAV
mode. If the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cool mode is active
when temperature compensated start begins, the Unoccupied
Free Coot mode will be stopped.
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Configura-
tion -- It is possible to confignre the ComJortLink TM control
to participate as an element of the Can-ier Comtbrt Network
(CCN) system directly fiom the local display. This section will
deal with explaining the various pro m_mrnnableoptions which
are found under the CCN sub-menu in the Conti_ration mode.
The major confignrations for CCN pro_amming are
located in the local displays at Configuration_,CCN. See
Appendix A.
CCN Address (C(DC]A) This configuration is the CCN ad-
dress the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Bus Number (CCN.B) This confi_ration is the
CCN bus the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Baud Rate (BAUD) This configuration is the CCN
baud rate.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast (BROD--+B.TIM) If this con-
fignration is set to ON, the control will periodically send the
time and date out onto the CCN bus once a lninute. If this
device is on a CCN newvork then it will be important to make
sure that only one device on the bus has this confignration set
to ON. If more than one time broadcaster is present, pmblelns
with the time will occur.
NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform
daylight savings time adjustlnents. Even if the rooftop is stand
alone, the user may ,a_antto set this to ON to accolnplish the
daylight/savings function.
CCN OAT Broadcast (BROD--+B.OAI) If this confignra-
tion is set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its
outside-air telnperamre at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
Global Schedule Broadcast (BROD--+B.GS) If this con-
figuration is set to ON and the schedule nmnber (S(TL.N) is be-
tween 65 and 99, then the control will broadcast the internal
time schedule once evelT 2 minutes.
CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (BROD-->B.ACIG If this
confignration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done
on the bus, this device will respond to and ackalowledge. Only
one device per bus can be configured tbr this option.
Schedule Number (SCH.O_NCH.N) This confignration
determines what schedule the control may follo,a:
SCH.N 0The control is always occupied.
SCH.N 1 The control follows its internal time sched-
ules. The user may enter any nmnber
between 1 and 64 but it wilt be overwritten
to "1" by the control as it only has one
internal schedule.
SCH.N 65-99 The control is either set up to receive to a
broadcasted time schedule set to this nmnber
or the control is set up to broadcast its inter-
nal thne schedule (B.GS) to the newvork and
this is the global schedule nmnber it is
broadcasting. If this is the case, then the con-
trol still tbllows its internal time schedules.
Accept Global Holidays? (SCH.O--->HOL.G) If a device
is broadcasting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the
time yet not accept the global holiday tiom the broadcast
message.
Override Time Limit (SCH.O_OV.TL) This configura-
tion allows the user to decide how long an override occurs
when it is initiated. The ovemde may be confignred tiom 1 to
4 hours. If the time is set to 0, the override function will
become disabled.
51
Timed Override Hours (SCH.O_OV.EX) This displays
the current number of hours left in an override. It is possible to
cancel an override in pr%mess by writing "0" to this variable,
thereby relnoving the override time left.
SPY Override Enabled? (SCH.O_OV.SP) Ifa space sen-
sor is present, then it is possible to ovm_ide an unoccupied
period by pushing the override button on the T55 or T56
sensor. This option allows the user to disable tNs function by
setting this configuration to NO.
Alarm Handling -- There are a variety of difl'erent alerts
and alarms in the system. Alerts are indicated by Tnnn (where
nnn is the alert number) on the display and generally simnify
that the improperly functioning circuit can restart without hu-
man interaction. If an alarm occurs, indicated by Annn (where
nnn is the alarm number), the dumaged circuit will generally
not restart without an alarm reset via the Serolling Marquee
display or CCN.
The response of the control system to various alerts and
alarms depends on the seriousness of the particular alert or
atann. In the mildest case, an alert does not affect the operation
of the unit in any manner. An alert can also cause a "strike." A
"striking" alert will cause the circuit to shut do,a_ for 15 min-
utes. This feature reduces the likelihood of Falseatanns causing
a properly working system to be shut down incorrectly. If three
strikes occur before the circuit has an opportunity to show that
it can function properly, the circuit will be deactivated, causing
the shutdown alarm for that particular circuit. Once activated,
the shutdown alarm can only be cleared via an alarm reset.
Howevei; circuits with strikes wilt be given an opportunity
to reset their strike counter to zero. As discussed above, a strike
typically causes the circuit to shut do,a_. Fifteen minutes later,
that circuit will once again be allowed to ran. If the circuit is
able to run for 1 minute, its replacmnent circuit will be allowed
to shut down (if not required to mn to satisfy requested stages).
However, the "troubled, circuit must mn continuously for
a user defined time ((bnfiguration _'OOL--+RST.. 0 with no
detectable problems before the strike counter will be reset to
zero. DeFaultvalue is 5 lninutes.
CCN ALARM BROADCAST Operators of CCN net-
works might not want to be notified of "striking" alerts for
refiigerant circuits until the circuit has been shut do,a_ due to
3 strikes. Set the cooling configuration of Alert Each Strike
((bnfiguration4DOL--_ALM.N on display, ALM NOW
on CCN) to YES to broadcast each circuit strike alert. Set Alert
Each Strike to NO to broadcast only circuit shut down. Alert
Each Strike configuration is ignored during Sel_TiceTest and all
alerts are broadcast. The default is YES.
ALARM RELAY OUTPUT The alarm relay output is a
nonnalty open 24 vac output between field connection terminal
board terminals C and X. Selection of which alerts and alarms
will result in dosing of the alarm relay may be set in the Alarm
Relay Configuration ((bnfiguration -+ALM.O). Setting a con-
figuration to YES will result in the alarm output relay, ALRM,
status of ON and 24 vac between C and X when that particular
condition is in an atann state. Setting a configuration to NO
will result in no action by the alarm output relay for that partic-
ular condition.
NOTE: An accessory filter switch can be used along with the
alarm relay output function to indicate dirty filter service need.
See the Troubleshooting section tbr more information on
viewing, diamaosing, and clearing alerts and alarms.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The Scrolling Marquee display shows the actual operating
coMitions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or
there have been atanns, they will be displayed in either the
current alarm list or the history alarm list. See Table 43. The
Sela_iceTest mode allows proper operation of the compressors,
tans, and other components to be checked while the unit is not
operating. See Sea:ice Test on page 36.
Complete Unit Stoppage -- There are several coMi-
tions that can cause the unit not to provide heating or cooling:
• If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut do,a_,
diagnose the problem using the information provided in
Alarms and Alerts section below.
• Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
• Programmed occupancy schedule.
• General power t;aihire.
•Tripped CB1, CB2, or CB3 (24-volt transformer circuit
breakers).
• Blown fuse (FU1 or FU2)
• Unit is turned offthrough the CCN network.
• If supply-air temperature is less than the Minimmn SAT
Lower Level (SAT.L) configuration value, unit cannot
cool.
• If outdoor-air temperature is less than the Compressor
Lockout Temperature (CA.LO, CB.LO, (_'.LO) configu-
ration value, unit cannot cool.
• If outdoor-air temperature is greater than the Heating
Lockout Temperature (HT..LO) configuration value, unit
cannot heat.
52
Table 43 -- ComfortLink TM Alarm Codes
ALARM OR
ALERT DESCRIPTION ACTION TAKEN RESET PROBABLE CAUSE
NUMBER BY CONTROL METHOD
T051 Compressor A1 Safety Trip Add Strike for Circuit A Automatic errorHigh-pressureswitch open Compressor internal protection open. Wiring
Compressor A1 Current Detected After Turnoff Turn off all compressors Automatic Welded contactor
T052 Compressor A2 Safety Trip Add Strike for Circuit A Automatic High pressure switch open. Compressor internal protection open.
Wiring error.
Compressor A2 Current Detect After Turnoff Turn off all compressors Automatic Welded contactor
T055 Compressor B1 Safety Trip Add Strike for Circuit B Automatic errorHigh-pressureswitch open Compressor internal protection open. Wiring
Compressor B1 Current Detected After Turnoff Turn off all compressors Automatic Welded contactor
T059 Compressor Cl Safety Trip Add Strike for Circuit C Automatic High-pressure switch open Compressor internal protection open. Wiring
error
Compressor Cl Current Detected After Turnoff Turn off all compressors Automatic Welded contactor
Circuit A Saturated Condensing Tamp Thermistor Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or faose
T064 Failure Use OAT to control Outdoor fans Automatic connection.
T065 Circuit B Saturated Condensing Tamp Thermistor Use OAT to control Outdoor fans Automatic Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or faose
Failure connection.
Fauity, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose
TO73 Outdoor Air Temperature Thermistor Failure No cooling with economizer Automatic connection.
If U.CTL = 3, then no Fauity, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose
TO74 Space Temperature Thermistor Failure heating or coofing Automatic connection.
No cooling with economizer and Automatic Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose
TO75 Supply Air Temperature Thermistor Failure No adaptive compressor staging connection.
If RAT.S = Yes, then Automatic Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose
TO76 Return Air Thermistor Failure no return air display connection.
If RH.S = Yes, then no Automatic Faulty sensor or wiring error
TO77 Space Relative Humidity Sensor Failure indoor humidity control
TO8O Circuit C Saturated Condensing Tamp Thermistor Use OAT to control Outdoor fans Automatic Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or faose
Failure connection.
T092 Circuit A Suction Pressure Transducer Failure Shutdown Circuit A Manual Faulty transducer, faulty 5-V power supply, or loose connection
T093 Circuit B Suction Pressure Transducer Failure Shutdown Circuit B Manual Faulty transducer, faulty 5-V power supply, or loose connection
TfOl Circuit C Suction Pressure Transducer Failure Shutdown Circuit C Manual Faulty transducer, faulty 5-V power supply, or loose connection
Compressor A1 Current Sensor Failure If CS.A1 = Enable, then no Automatic Faulty current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection
T102 T051 current alarm
If CS.A2 = Enable, then no
Compressor A2 Current Sensor Failure T052 current alarm Automatic Fauity current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection
T103 Compressor B1 Current Sensor Failure If CS.B1 = Enable, then no Automatic Fauity current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection
T055 current alarm
T104 Compressor C1 Current Sensor Failure If CSC1 = Enable, then no Automatic Faulty current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection
T059 current alarm
TI 10 Circuit A Loss of Charge Shutdown Circuit A Manual Low refrigerant or faulty suction pressure transducer
TI 11 Circuit B Loss of Charge Shutdown Circuit B Manual Low refrigerant or faulty suction pressure transducer
T126 Circuit A High Refrigerant Pressure Shutdown Circuit A Automatic An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high-pressure switch
An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
T127 Circuit B High Refrigerant Pressure Shutdown Circuit B Automatic dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high-pressure switch
Low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evaporator fan turning backwards,
T133 Circuit A Low Refrigerant Pressure Add Strike for Circuit A Automatic loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, exces-
sively cold return air. or stuck open economizer when the ambient fam-
_erature is low.
Low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evaporator fan turning bacle_vards,
T134 Circuit B Low Refrigerant Pressure Add Strike for Circuit B Automatic loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, exces-
sively cold return air. or stuck open economizer when the ambient fam-
_erature is low.
T140 Circuit C Loss of Charge Shutdown Circuit C Manual Low refrigerant or faulty suction pressure transducer
T141 Circuit C Low Refrigerant Pressure Add Strike for Circuit C Automatic Low refrigerant charge, dirty fi]fars, evaporator fan turning backwards,
loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, exces-
sively cold return air. or stuck open economizer when the ambient fam-
_erature is faw.
T142 Circuit C High Refrigerant Pressure Shutdown Circuit C Automatic An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high-pressure switch
T143 Circuit A Failure To Pressurize Add Strike for Circuit A Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor
T144 Circuit B Failure To Pressurize Add Strike for Circuit B Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor
T145 Circuit C Failure To Pressurize Add Strike for Circuit C Automatic Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor
No time and date
T153 Real Timeclock Hardware Failure schedule operation Automatic No time/date configured, software failure, or MBB failure
A154 Serial BBPROM Hardware Failure Unit Shutdown Automatic Software failure or MBB failure
T155 Serial BBPROM Storage Failure Error Unit operation errors Automatic Software failure or MBB failure
A156 Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Fail Error Unit Shutdown Automatic Software failure or MBB failure
A157 AJD Hardware Failure Unit Shutdown Automatic Software failure or MBB failure
A163 Circuit A Down Due to Failure Shutdown Circuit A Manual Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm
A164 Circuit B Down Due to Failure Shutdown Circuit B Manual Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm
A165 Circuit C Down Due to Failure Shutdown Circuit C Manual Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm
T179 Loss of communication with the Economizer No economizer operation Automatic Communication wiring problem with BCB or faulty MBB or BCB
Control Board
T180 Loss of communication with the Economizer No economizer operation Automatic Communication wiring problem with actuator
Actuator
A404 Fire Shutdown Unit Shutdown Automatic Smoke detected by smoke detector
T408 Dirty Filter -- Automatic Dirty Filter
If IDF.F = YES,
Fan Status Switch ON, Contactor OFF If ]DFF = Yes, then Manual, Bad Fan Status Switch.
then Unit Shutdown othe/_vise Configuration incorrect
automatic
T409 If IDF.F = YES, Tripped Circuit Breaker
If ]DFF = Yes, then Manual, Broken belt.
Fan Status Switch OFF, Contactor ON then Unit Shutdown othel_vise Bad indoor fan motor.
automatic Configuration incorrect. Bad fan status switch
LEGEND
ECB -- Economizer Control Board MBB -- Main Base Board
IGC -- Integrated Gas Controller OAT -- Outdoor-Air Thermistor
53
ALARM OR
ALERT
NUMBER
T410
T411
T412
T413
T414
T415
T416
ECB -- Economizer Control Board
IGC -- integrated Gas Controller
Table 43 -- ComfortLink TM Alarm Codes (cont)
DESCRIPTION
R-Wf Jumper Not InstNled in Space Temp Mode
R-Wf Jumper Must Be Installed to Run Heat In
Service Test
Thermostat Y2 Input Activated without Yt
Activated
Thermostat W2 Input Activated without Wl
Activated
Thermostat Y and W Inputs Activated
Simultaneously
Economizer Damper Actuator Out of Calibration
Economizer Damper Actuator Torque Above Load
Limit
Economizer Damper Actuator Hunting Excessivel_
Economizer Damper Stuck or Jammed
Economizer Damper Actuator MechanicN Failure
Economizer Damper Actuator Direction Switch
Wrong
IAQ Input Out of Range
OAQ Input Out of Range
LEGEND
MBB -- Main Base Board
OAT -- Outdoor-Air Thermistor
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
UnaNe to run heat
UnaNe to Test Heat Outputs
Run unit as if Y2 and Yt are On
Run unit as if W2 and W1 are On
Run unit in mode activated first
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
No IAQ Operations
No OAQ Operations
RESET
METHOD
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
PROBABLE CAUSE
Vlissing jumper wire
Vlissing jumper wire
3ad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring
3ad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring
3ad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring
Dalibrate economizer (E.CAL). If proNem stiN exist then determine what
s limiting economizer rotation.
Actuator load too high Check damper load.
Damper position changing too quickly
_o economizer motion Check damper blades, gears, and actuator.
Dheck actuator and replace if necessary
Actuator direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
3ad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
3ad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
Restart Procedure- Before attempting to restart the
machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the shut
down. It"the shutdown alarm for a particular control function
has occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing
the unit to run under its own control again. When there is prob-
lem, the unit should be diamlosed in Service Test mode. The
ataxms must be reset before the control function can operate in
either Normal mode or Service Test mode.
Control Module Communication
RED LED Proper operation of the MBB and ECB control
boards can be visually checked by looking at the red status
LEDs. When operating correctly, the red status LEDs should
blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the red LED
on the ECB is not blinking, check the DIP switch positions on
the board. If the red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that
correct power is being supplied to all modules. Also, be sure that
the board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, re-
load current sotBvare. A board LED that is lit continuously or
blinking at a rate of once per second or thster indicates that the
board should be replaced.
GREEN LED The MBB and ECB each have one green
LED. The Local Equipment Network (LEN) LED should al-
ways be blinking whenever power is on. If LEN LED is not
blinking, check LEN connections for potential colrnnunication
errors (J3 and J4 connectors). Colrnnunication between
modules is accomplished by a 3-wire sensor bus. These 3 wires
run in parallel tiom module to module. The J4 connector on the
MBB also provides both power and colrnnunication directly to
the Scrolling Marquee display.
YELLOW LED The MBB Ms one yellow LED which is
used to indicate CCN communication activity. The Carrier
Comfort Network,_R)(CCN) LED will blink during times of
network communication.
Alarms and Alerts
VIEWING AND CLEARING UNIT ALARMS Presence
of active alarms will be indicated on the Serolling Marquee dis-
play by the Atann Status light turning on and by the number of
active alarms being displayed in the automatic View of Run
Status. Presence of active alarms may also be sLmmledon the
Atann Output terminals. Each alarm may also be broadcast on
the CCN network. Active alarms and past atann history can be
reviewed and cleared via the local display or a CCN device.
The following menu locations are used for the local display:
Alarms---_R.CURR (Reset All Current Alarms) Change to
YES to reset all active alarms. Turning unit power offwill also
reset all current alarms.
Alarms---_R.HIST (Reset Alarm History) Change to YES
to reset the atann history. Turning unit power offwitl not reset
the alarm history.
Alarms+CURR (Currently Active Alarms) Use the EN-
TER key, then scroll through any alarm numbers using the up
and down arrow keys. Alarms are displayed in numerical order.
Alarms---,*HIST(AtarmHistory) Use the ENTER key,
then scroll through any atann numbers using the up and down
arrow keys. Up to 20 alarms are displayed in order of occur-
rence, with time and date.
The description for an atann can be viewed on the Scrolling
Marquee display by pressing ESCAPE and ENTER keys
simultaneously while displaying the alarm code number. Be
sure to expand description for each code, because in some
cases there are different possible descriptions and causes for
the same code number.
DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE
CAUSES
Alert Codes T051, T052, T055 and T059 (Compressor
Safetxl Alert codes T051, T052, T055, and T059 are tbr
compressors A1, A2, B1, and C1, respectively, These alerts
occur when the Current Sensor (CS) does not detect compres-
sor current during compressor operation. When this occurs, the
control turns oit'the compressor and logs a strike for the respec-
tive circuit. These alerts reset automatically.
The possible causes are:
1. Hi,l-pressure switch (HPS) open. The HPS is wired in
series with compressor relays on the MBB. If the high-
pressure switch opens during compressor operation, the
compressor stops, and the CS no longer detects current,
causing the control to activate this alert.
2. Compressor internal protection is open.
3. Wiring error. A wiring error might not allow the compres-
sor to start.
To check out alerts T051, T052, T055, and T059:
1. Turn on the compressor in question using Service Test
mode. It"the compressor does not start, then most likely
the problem is one of the following: HPS open, open
internal protection, incorrect safety wiring, or incorrect
compressor wiring.
2. If the compressor starts, verii_ that the indoor and out-
door tans are operating properly,
3. If the CS is always detecting current, then veri_ that the
compressor is on. If the compressor is on, check the con-
tactor and the relay on the MBB. If the compressor is oil"
54
andthereisnocurrent,verilyCSwiringandreplaceif
necessary.
4. ReturntoNormalmodeandobsmTecompressoropera-
tiontoverifythatcompressorcurrentsensorisworking
andcoMenser/hnsareenergizedaftercompressorstarts.
Alert Codes T051. T052, T055 and T059 (Current Detected
After TurnofI) Alert codes T051, T052, T055, and T059
are for compressors A1, A2, B1, and C1, respectively. These
alerts occur when the Current Sensor (CS) detects current
when the compressor should be off'.When this occurs, the con-
trol turns off all of the compressors. Use the Scrolling Marquee
to reset the alert.
The possible causes are
1. Welded contactor.
2. Frozen compressor relay on MBB.
To check out alerts T051, T052, T055, and T059:
1. Place the unit in Service Test mode. All compressors
should be Ofl_
2. Verify that there is not 24 v at the contactor coil. If there is
24 v at the contactor, check relay on MBB and wiring.
3. Check for welded contactor.
4. Verify CS wiring.
5. Remm to Normal mode and obsm_e compressor opera-
tion to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and coMenser i_ansare eneNized after compressor starts.
Alert Codes T064, T065 and T080 (Condensin_ Temp. Fail-
ure) Alert codes T064, T065, and T080 axe for circuits A, B
and C, respectively. These alerts occur when the temperature is
outside the range _40 to 240 F (40 to 116 C). When this
occurs, the control will use only the outdoor temperature to
control the outdoor fans. If both the SCT and OAT tail, then
circuit shutdown alarm will occur also. The cause of the alert is
usually a thulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused
by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T073 (Outdoor Air Temp. Failure) This alert oc-
curs when the temperature is outside the range _40 to 240 F
(40 to 116 C). For all units, all ambient temperature lockout
fimits for cooling and heating are ignored. For all units, if both
SCT and OAT tail, then circuit shutdown atann will also occur.
For economizer equipped units, the economizer will not
operate to provide cooling. The economizer wilt still operate
for ventilation. For units without Humidi-MiZer TM system, the
control will use coMenser temperatures for outdoor tan con-
trol. For Humidi-MiZer system equipped units, the Reheat2
mode will operate at tan level 1.For units with CCH crankcase
heat relay control, the cnmkcase heat relay will be turned on if
any compressor is off" This alert resets automatically. The
cause of the alert is usually a thulty thermistor, a shorted or
open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T074 (Space Temp. Failure) This alert occurs
when the temperature is outside the range _40 to 240 F @40 to
116 C). This alert will only occm if the unit control type is con-
fi_red for Space Sensor &ersus Thermostat). Cooling and
heating will not operate. For economizer equipped units, the
economizer will still operate tbr ventilation. This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a thulty
thermistor in the T-55, T-56, or T-58 device, a shorted or open
thermistor caused by a wiring erroi; or a loose connection.
Alert Code T075 (Supply Air Temp. Failure) This alert oc-
curs when the temperature is outside the range _40 to 240 F
(40 to 116 C). Economizer cooling and adaptive compressor
staNng cannot occur while this atann is active. This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a thulty ther-
mistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or
a loose connection.
Alert Code T076 (Return Air Thermistor Failure) This
alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range _40 to
240 F (40 to 116 C). This alert wilt only occur if the unit is
confimlred for a return air sensor. There is no control action as
a result of this alert. This alert resets automatically. The cause
of the alert is usually a thulty thennistoi; a shorted or open
thennistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T077 (Space Relative Humidit¥ Sensor Failure)
This alert occurs when the input is less than 3.5 mA and the
sensor is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This
alert clears automatically.
Alert Code T080 (Condensin_ Temp. Failure) See Alert
T064.
Alert Codes T092, T093, T101 (Suction Pressure Transducer
Failure) Alert codes T092, T093, and T101 are for circuits
A, B and C, respectively. These alerts occur when the pressure
is outside the range 0.5 to 134.5 psig. A circuit cannot mn
when this alert is active. Use the Scrolling Marquee to reset the
alarm. The cause of the alert is usually a thulty transducer,
thulty 5-v power supply, or a loose connection.
Alert Codes T 102, T 103, and T 104 (Current Sensor Failure)
Alert codes T102, T103, and T104 are for compressors A1
and A2, B 1, and C1, respectively. These alerts occur when the
output of the current sensor (CS) is a constant high value.
These alerts reset automatically. The cause of the alert is a
wiring error or a loose connection. If the problem calmot be
resolved and the CS board must be replaced, the CS board can
be temporm-ily disabled while securing a replaced board. A CS
board is disabled by setting the corresponding configuration to
DISABLE ((bnfiguration _'OOL _IR.A _'S.A1, CS.B1
or CS.(7).
Alert Codes Tll0, Tl11, T140 (Loss of Charge) Alert
codes Tll0, Tlll, and T140 are for circuits A, B and C, re-
spectively. These alerts occur when the compressor is OFF and
the suction pressure is less than 5 psig and OAT is meater than
F for 1 continuous minute. Use the Scrolling Marquee to
reset the alert. The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant
pressure or a thulty suction pressure. These alerts only occur
when the compressor is OFF because the low refiigerant pres-
sure alarms (alerts T133, T134 and T141) handle this situation
when the compressor is operating.
Alert Codes T126. T127, T142 (High Refi-i_erant Pressure)
Alert codes T126, T127, and T142 axe for circuits A, B, and C,
respectively. These alerts occur when alerts T051, T055, or
T059 are active while the appropriate condensing temperature
is reeater than 150 F. These alerts reset automatically. The
cause of the alert is usually an overcharged system, high out-
door ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil,
plugged filter drier, or a thulty high-pressure switch. See Alerts
T051, T055 and T059 for diagnostic procedure.
Alert Codes T133, T134, T141 (Low Refiigerant Pressure)
Alert codes T133, T134, and T141 are for circuits A, B and C,
respectively. These alerts occur when the compressor is operat-
ing and the evaporating temperature (converted fiom the suc-
tion pressure) is less than confi_red low suction control levels,
(bnfiguration_DOL--_gST--agSr.1 (Low Suction
Level 1) or SST.2 (Low Suction Level 2) or SST.3 (Low
Suction Level 3). The circuit SST value must be less than
SST.1 for 5 minutes, SST.2 for 3 minutes, or SST.3 for 1.5mth-
utes for the alert to occur. When the outdoor temperature is less
than 40 E the above values are reduced by an ofl;et that scales
bewveen 0 and 20 as the outdoor temperature goes from 40 to
0° F.An alert will also occur if the circuit SST value is less than
SST.3 5 F for 20 seconds. These alerts cause a strike for the
respective circuit. These alerts will activate when the coil
becomes tiosted. However, during the 15-minute reset period,
the coils will thaw and strike should clear at restart if there is
nothing else ,aTongwith the circuit. The alert resets automatical-
ly. The cause of the alert is usually low refiigerant charge, dirty
filters, evaporator fan operating bac_vards, loose or broken
belt, plugged filter driei; thulty transducer, excessively cold
55
returnair,orstuckopeneconomizerwhentheambienttempera-
tureislow.
Alert Code T140 (Loss of Charge) See Alert Tll0.
Alert Code T141 (Low Refrigerant Pressure) See Alert
T133.
Alert Code T142 (High Refrigerant Pressure) See Alert
T126.
Alert Codes T 143, T 144, T 145 (Failure to Pressurize)
Alert codes T143, T144, and T145 are for circuits A, B, and C,
respectively. These alerts occur when the compressor turns on
and the suction pressure does not drop 5 psig during the first
15 seconds and the condensing temperature does not rise 5 F
during the first minute. These alerts cause a strike for the
respective circuit. The alert resets automatically. The cause of
the alert is usually compressor wiring causing reverse rotation
or a faulty compressor.
Alert Code T153 (Real Time Clock Hardware Failure)
Time and date functions wilt not operate, such as local occu-
pancy schedules. The RTC clock chip on the MBB is not re-
sponding. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement
may be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfimar-
ing the time and date should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Code A154 (Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure)
The unit will completely shut down. The serial EEPROM chip
on the MBB which stores the unit's conliguration is not
responding. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replace-
ment may be necessary. Cycling the power to the control
should be tried before board replacement.
Alert Code T 155 (Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error)
Configuration data in the serial EEPROM chip can not be veri-
fied. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may
be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfimaring
the control points should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Code A156 (Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Fail
Error I The unit will completely shut do,a_. Critical conligu-
ration data in the serial EEPROM chip can not be verified.
Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be
necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfimlring the
critical control points should be tried before board replacement.
Check the conlimarations for the following critical points:
Cot_figuration _'OOL ---_?¢i(IR (Number of Circuits)
(bnfiguration _'OOL---_N.A (Compressors on Circuit A)
(bnfiguration_'OOL _OFC_OFC.3 (OFC.3 Enable,
CCH Disable)
(bnfiguration---_HMZR---_REHT (Humidimizer Equipped)
(bnfigumtion ---_HMZR---_RH.FN (Reheat Fan Control)
Alarm Code A157 (A/D Hardware Failure) The unit will
completely shut do,a_. The analog to diNtal conversion chip
on the MBB has thited. Recovery is automatic but MBB board
replacement may be necessary. Cycling power to the control
should be tried before board replacelnent.
Alarm Codes A163, A164, A165 (Circuit Failure) Alarm
codes A163, A164, and A165 are for circuits A, B, and C,
respectively. These alarms occur when a circuit has 3 strikes.
Use the Serolling Marquee display to reset the alarm. Investi-
gate the alarm that caused the strikes to occur.
Alert Code T179 (Com. Failure with ECB) This alert oc-
curs when the MBB cannot communicate with the ECB. This
is usually caused by a wiring problem. Investigate using the
Low Voltage Schematic.
Alert Code T180 (Com. Failure with Economizer Actuator)
This alert occurs when the MBB cannot communicate with the
Belimo Actuator. This is usually caused by a wiring problem.
Investigate using the Low Voltage Schematic.
Alarm Code A404 (Fire Shutdo,am) This alarm occurs
when the shutdown input is either open or closed depeMing
upon its conlimaration. This alarm is usually caused by an aux-
iliary device that is trying to shut down the unit, e.g., smoke de-
tector. The confimaration for this switch input can be tbund at
variable Configuration--_U?VlT--_FS.SVK Verify that the con-
figmration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device.
This alarm resets automatically.
Alert Code T408 (Dirty Air Filter) This alert occurs when
the Filter Status switch senses a plugged filter tbr 120 continuous
seconds after the indoor tim has been running tbr 10 seconds.
Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be configured normally
opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. The
conliguration for this switch input can be tbund at variable
Configurotion---_U?vlT---_FL.SV_ Verify that the configuration
is set correct, verify the wiring and tilter slams switch. The hose
should be connected to the low side of the switch. This alert re-
sets automatically.
Alert Code T409 (Fan Status Switch On, Fan Contactor
Of*) This alarm occurs when the tan status switch has
sensed that the indoor fan has been on for 10 seconds and the
indoor fan feedback has detennined that the indoor thn should
be oil" Because the Fan Stares switch can be conlimared
nonnalty opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed.
The configuration for this switch input can be found at
Configuration--_UNIT--_FN.SW. Verify that the configuration
is set correctly. Verify the wiring and tan stares switch. The
hose should be connected to the high side of the switch. If the
IDF is configured to shut down the unit when this alarm occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT--->IDEF = YES), then this alarm can
only be reset manually and the unit is shut do,a_. If the IDF is
not configured to shut the unit down when this alarm occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT---_IDEF = NO), then this alarm resets
automatically and no specific control action is taken.
Alert Code T409 (Fan Status Switch Off, Fan Contactor
On) This alert occurs when the thn status switch has sensed
that the indoor tan has been off for 10 seconds and the indoor
fan feedback has determined that the indoor fmashould be on.
Because the Fan Status switch can be configured nonnalty
opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. The
conli_ration for this switch input can be found at (bnfigura-
tion--_UNIT---_FN.SV_ Verify that the configuration is set
correctly. Verify the wiring mad tan status switch. The hose
should be connected to the high side of the switch. If the IDF is
conligured to shut down the unit down when this alert occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT--->IDEF = YES), then this alarm can
only be reset manually and the unit is shut down. If the IDF is
not conlimared to shut the unit down when this alert occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT--+IDEF = NO), then this alert resets
automatically and no specific control action is taken.
Alert Code T410 (R-W1 Jmnper Not Installed in Spare
Temp Mode) This alert occurs when the control mode is
Space Temperature mode via Auto Select or Space Temp
Select yet there is no power to W1. Verify that space tempera-
rare mode is the desired mode or add jumper bevween R mad
W1. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T410 (R-W1 Jmnper Must be Installed to Run
Heat in Selaqce Test) This alert occurs when a request for a
heat output has occurred yet the Wl input is not high. A jumper
must be installed bewveen R and W1 when trying to test heat in
Sel_qce Test. The alert will clear when Sel_qce Test is exited or
if another Sela_iceTest mode is selected. Remove jumper when
done using Service Test it"the unit is operating with a thermo-
stat. The jumper should only be left in place if the unit is oper-
ating with a space temperature probe.
Alert Code T411 (Y2 without Y1) This alert occurs in
Thermostat mode when Y2 is energized and Y1 is not. Verify
thermostat and thermostat wiring. When Y2 rams On, the soft-
ware will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both On. When Y2 turns
Oil; the sot_vare will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both Off'.
This alert resets automatically when Y1 is mined On.
56
Alert Code T412 (W2 without Wl) This alert occurs in
Thermostat mode when W2 is energized and Wl is not. Veri_
thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2 turns On, the soft-
ware wilt b&ave as if W1 and W2 are both On. When W2
turns Off, the sotgvare will b&ave as ifWl and W2 are both
O1t_This alert resets automatically when W1 is turned On.
Alert Code T413 (Y and W Simultaneously) This alert
occurs in Thermostat mode when Y1 or Y2 is energized simul-
taneously with Wl or W2. Verii_ thermostat and thermostat
wiring. The software wilt enter either the cooling or heating
mode depending upon which input mined on first. TNs alert
resets automatically when Y1 and Y2 are not on silnultaneous-
ly with W1 and W2.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Out of
Calibration) This alert occurs when the econolnizer range
of motion is tess than 90 degrees. Initiate economizer calibra-
tion (Service Test--yI_P--yE.CAL) using the Service Test
menu. The economizer calibration procedure wilt try to rind
new maxilnum open and closed positions. If the alert does not
clear automatically after the calibration procedure is complete,
investigate what is limiting economizer rotation. This alert re-
sets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Torque
Above Load Limit) This alert occurs when the actuator
load is too high. Investigate to determine what is incaeasing
damper kind. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Huntin_
Excessively) This alert occurs when the comlnanded
damper position is changing too rapidly. This alert resets
automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Stuck or Jamlned)
This atann occurs when the actuator senses it can no longer
move. Investigate what is stopping the rotation of the actuator
and fix. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Mechani-
cal Failure) This alert occurs when the actuator senses a
catastrophic thilure. Investigate actuator and replace if neces-
sary. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Direction
Switch Wron_ Position) This alert occurs when the econo-
mizer damper direction switch is in the wrong position.
The direction switch should be in the cloclcvviseposition and
the actuator should be mounted so that the CW face of the
actuator is accessible. Correct if necessary. This alert clears
automatically.
Alert Code T415 (IAQ Input Out of Range) This alert oc-
curs when the IAQ input is less than 3.5 mA and the sensor is
confimlred as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert
clears automatically.
Alert Code T416 (OAO Input Out of Range) This alert
occurs when the OAQ input is less than 3.5 mA and the sensor
is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert
clears automatically.
Cooling Troubleshooting -- Use the Scrolling Mar-
quee display or a CCN device to view the coding status display
and the cooling diamlostic display (see Appendix A) for intbr-
mation on the cooling operation. Check the current alarlns and
atann history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any causes
(see Table 43). Veril_ any unique control conligurations per in-
stalled site requirements or accessories. If alarms conditions are
corrected and cleared, operation of the compressors and fmls
may be verified by using the Sel_qceTest mode (see page 36 and
Table 36). See Table 44 for general cooling sel_qceanalysis.
Humidi-MiZer TM Troubleshooting--Use the unit
Scrolling Marquee display or a CCN device to view the
cooling stares display and the cooling diamlostic display (see
Appendix A) for intbnnation on the cooling operation and the
related Humidi-MiZer operation. Check the current alarms and
alarm history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any
causes (see Table 43). Verii_ any unique control configurations
per installed site requirements or accessories. If ataxln condi-
tions are corrected and cleared, operation of the compressors,
fans, and Humidi-Mizer valves may be verified by using the
Selwice Test mode (see page 36 and Table 36). In addition to
general cooling selwice analysis Table 44, see Table 45 for
general Humidi-MiZer sin:ice analysis.
Economizer Troubleshooting -- Use the unit Scroll-
ing Marquee display or a CCN device to view the economizer
status display and the economizer diagnostic display (see Ap-
pendix A) for intbnnation on the economizer operation. Check
the current ataxlns and atarln history tbr any economizer atarln
codes and correct any causes (see Table 43). Verit) any unique
control confi_rations per installed site requirements or acces-
sories. Ifalarlns conditions are corrected and cleared, operation
of the economizer may be verified by using the Service Test
mode (see Sea:ice Test section on page 36 and Table 36). The
following steps specii_ how to test the economizer using
the Scrolling Marquee display. See Table 46 for general econo-
mizer selaqce analysis.
1. Enter the Selwiee Test main menu on the display.
2. Enter TESTand mrn ON test mode. A password may be
needed in order to mrn ON the Service Test. The default
password is 1111.
3. Return to the main level of Selwiee Test.
4. Enter the INDP submenu and enter an initial value for
ECON. This will drive the economizer damper to the
specified position. Continue to adjust the E{ON value to
make sure the economizer opens and closes.
5. Because of a mechanical problem with the econolnizei;
the actuator might acquire a new de_ee of rotation
which is less than 90 degrees. If this occurs, a "T414
Economizer Damper Actuator Out of Calibration" alert
will be generated. This alert can only occur it"the econo-
mizer is using digital comlnunications ((bnfigumtion
---yE(DN---yE.(TL = 1 or 2). The econolniZer calibration
procedure (Service Test--_IND.P--_E.CAL) will recon-
fimare the actuator to the new fully closed and fully open
positions. To implement the calibration procedme,
change E.CAL fiom OFF to ON. E.CAL will remain ON
as long as the calibration procedure is being implemented
(as long as 5 minutes). During the calibration procedure
the actuator will close fully and then open fully. After the
calibration is complete, the degree of rotation should be
greater than 90 degrees, causing the T414 alert to clear. If
the T414 alert does not clear, check the economizer
damper for other mechanical problems.
6. Return to Setwiee Test--+TEST and turn OFF test 1node.
This wilt cause the unit to return to normal operation.
57
Table 44 -- Cooling Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Compressor and Fan Will Not Start.
Compressor Cycles (other than
normally satisfying thermostat).
Compressor Operates Continuously,
Excessive Condenser Pressures.
Condenser Fans Not Operating,
Excessive Suction Pressure,
Suction Pressure Too Low.
LEGEND
CB -- Circuit Breaker
TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve
CAUSE
Power failure.
Fuse btown or circuit breaker tripped Check CB1, CB2, and
CB3
Disconnect off
Compressor time guard to prevent short cycling
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not calting for
Cooling
Outdoor temperature too tow.
REMEDY
Call power company
Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Insufficient line voltage.
Active alarm.
Unit undersized for load
Thermostat or occupancy schedute set point too low.
Dirty air fitters.
Low refrigerant charge
Condenser coil dirty or restricted.
Loose condenser thermistors
Dirty condenser coil
Refrigerant overcharge.
Faulty TXV.
Condenser air restricted or air short cycling
Restriction in liquid tube.
No Power to contactors.
High heat load
Faulty TXV.
Refrigerant overcharged.
Dirty air fitters
Low refrigerant charge
Faulty TXV.
Insufficient evaporator airflow
Temperature too low in conditioned area (low return-air
temperature).
Power disconnect.
Check using ComfortLink TM Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink ScroIling Marquee
Check Compressor Lockout Temperature using
ComfortLink ScroIling Marquee.
Active alarm. Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling
Marquee
Determine cause and correct.
Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling
Marquee
Decrease load or increase size of unit.
Reset thermostat or schedule set point.
Replace filters.
Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and recharge.
Clean coit or remove restriction.
Tighten thermistors.
CIean coil
Recover excess refrigerant
1 Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction
tine and insulate.
2 Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Determine cause and correct.
Remove restriction
Fuse blown or plug at motor loose
Check for sources and eliminate
1 Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction
Iine and insulate.
2 Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Recover excess refrigerant
Replace air fitters.
Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and recharge.
1 Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction
line and insulate.
2 Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Check belt tension. Check for other restrictions.
Reset thermostat or occupancy schedule.
58
Table 45 -- Humidi-MiZer TM Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Subcooling Reheat Mode
Will Not Activate.
Hot Gas Reheat Mode
Will Not Activate.
No Dehumidification Demand.
RH1 Valve Operation.
RH2 Valve Operation.
(NOTE: Normally Closed
When Deenergized)
Low Latent Capacity in Subcooling or Hot
Gas Reheat Modes.
Low Sensible Capacity
in Normal Cool or
Subcooling Reheat Modes.
Low Suction Pressure and High
Superheat During Normal Cool Mode.
Low Suction Pressure
RH2 Valve Cycling On/Off.
Circuit B Will Not Operate With
Circuit A Off.
LEGEND
CV -- Cooling Valve
RH -- Relative Humidity
CAUSE
General cooling mode problem
No dehumidification demand.
Circuit RH1 valve is not open
General cooling mode probIem
No dehumidification demand.
Circuit RH1 valve is not open
Circuit RH2 valve is not open
Outdoor temperature too Iow.
Relative humidity setpoint is too tow --
Humidistat
Relative humidity setpoint is too tow --
RH sensor
Software configuration error for accessory humi-
distat
Software configuration error for accessory
humidity sensor.
No humidity signal
No 24V signal to input terminals
Solenoid colt burnout.
Stuck valve
No 24V signal to input terminals
Solenoid coit burnout.
Stuck valve
RH1 valve open or leaking.
RH2 valve open or leaking. See RH2 Valve Operation, above
General cooling mode problem
RH2 valve open or leaking.
General cooling mode probtem
Hot Gas Reheat mode Iow suction pressure
Iimit
Normal operation Motormaster outdoor fan con-
trol requires operation of circuit A
REMEDY
See Cooting Service Analysis (Table 44).
See No Dehumidification Demand, below.
See RH1 Valve Operation, below
See Cooting Service Analysis (Table 44).
See No Dehumidification Demand, below.
See RH1 Valve Operation, beIow
See RH2 Valve Operation, below
Check Reheat2 Circuit Limit Temperatures (Configuration;,
HMZR >RA LO and RB.LO)using ComfortLink TM Scrolling Marquee.
Check/reduce setting on accessory humidistat
Check Space RH Setpoint (Setpoints ,'-RH.SP)
using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check Space Humidity Switch (Configuration >UNIT >RH.SW) using
ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee
Check RH Sensor on OAQ Input (Configuration >UNIT >RH S) using
ComfortLink ScrolIing Marquee
Check wiring Check humidistat or humidity sensor
Check using Cool >Reheat1 Valve Test (Service Test >HMZR >CRC)
using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check Wiring
Check transformer and circuit beaker or fuses
Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%
Check under-voltage is less than 15%
Check for missing coit assembly parts.
Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.
Reptace valve. Replace fitter drier
Check using Coot >Reheat1 Vatve Test (Service Test >HMZR
>RHV.A or RHV.B) using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee
Check MBE relay output
Check wiring.
Check transformer and circuit breaker or fuses
Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%
Check under-voltage is less than 15%
Check for missing coil assembly parts.
Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.
RepIace valve. Replace filter drier
See RH1 Valve Operation, above
See Cooting Service Analysis (Table 44).
See RH2 Valve Operation, above
See CooIing Service Analysis (Table 44).
NormaI Operation During Mixed Circuit Subcooling and Hot Gas
Reheat Modes at Lower Outdoor Temperatures.
None
59
Table 46 -- Economizer Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Damper Does Not Move.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Indoor Fan is off.
Economizer Operation is Limited
to Minimum Position,
Economizer Position is Less
Than Minimum Position.
Economizer Does Not Return
to Minimum Position,
Damper Does Not Close on
Power Loss,
Outdoor Damper Does Not Fully
Close at 0% or Fully Open at 100%,
LEGEND
CCN -- Carrier Comfort Network®
IAQ -- Indoor Air Quality
Actuator is unplugged at motor or at
economizer board.
Unit is not configured for economizer.
Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer
high temperature lockout.
Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer
low temperature lockout.
Communication loss to economizer board.
Damper is jammed.
Minimum position is set incorrectly.
Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer
high temperature lockout.
Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer
low temperature lockout.
Outdoor-air thermistor is faulty.
Low suction pressure problem with a compressor.
IAQ is controlling minimum damper position.
Unit is in Unoccupied mode.
Unit is operating under free cooling.
Damper is jammed.
Economizer actuator is out of calibration.
REMEDY
Check for proper thermostat connection.
Unit is not configured for continuous fan
operation and the thermostat is not calling for
heating or cooling.
Unit is in Unoccupied mode and there is no
call for heating or cooling.
Tripped circuit breaker.
No power to the unit.
Unit is offvia CCN command.
Check wiring connections.
Configure unit for economizer per the
instructions.
Adjust the high temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.
Adjust the low temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.
Check wiring connections.
Identify the obstruction and safely remove.
Adjust minimum position setting.
Adjust the high temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.
Adjust the low temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.
Replace outdoor-air thermistor.
Economizer is operating correctly, identify
compressor problem.
Adjust the IAQ settings if incorrect,
otherwise, the economizer is operating correctly.
Adjust unit occupied schedule if incorrect,
otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Economizer is operating correctly.
Identify the obstruction and safely remove.
Enter Service Test mode and run the Calibrate
Economizer (E.CAL) procedure.
Heating Troubleshooting- Use the unit Scrolling
Marquee display or a CCN device to view the heating status
display and the heating diagnostic display (see Appendix A)
for information on the heating operation. Check the current
alarms and alarm history tbr any heating alarm codes and
correct any causes (see Table 44). Verit) any unique control
confignrations per installed site requirements or accessories. If
alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the
heat stages and indoor tan may be verified by using the Service
Test mode (see page 36 and Table 36).
GAS HEAT (48PG UNITS) See Table 47 for general gas
heating service analysis. See Fig. 12lbr service analysis of the
IGC board logic. Check the status LED on the IGC board for
any tlashing alarm codes and correct any causes (see Table 48).
ELECTRIC HEAT (50PG UNITS) See Table 49 for elec-
tric heating service analysis.
Phase Loss Protection -- The phase loss protection
option will monitor the three-phase electzical system to provide
phase reversal and phase loss protection.
PHASE REVERSAL PROTECTION If the control sens-
es an incorrect phase relationship, the relay (K1) will be de-
energized (opening its contact). If the phase relationship is
correct, the relay will be eneNized. The control has a self-
bypass function after a pre-set time. If the control determines
that the three phases stay in a correct relationship for 10 con-
secutive minutes, the relay will stay energized regardless of the
phase sequence of three inputs as long as 24-vac control
voltage is applied. This self-bypass function will be reset if all
three phases are restored in a phase loss event.
PHASE LOSS PROTECTION If the reverse rotation
board senses any one of the three phase inputs has no AC volt-
age, the relay will be deenergized (opening its contact). This
protection is always active as long as 24-vac control voltage is
applied, and is not affected by the self by-pass function of the
phase sequence monitoring function. However, in the event of
phase loss, the relay wilt be re-eneigized only ifalt three phases
are restored and the three phases are in the correct sequence.
60
A redLEDisprovidedtoindicatethefunctionoftheboard.
Seethetablebelow.
LED STATUS FUNCTION
On Continuously Relay contact closed (normal operation).
Relay contact open (phase loss or phase
Blinking reversal has occurred) -- No power will be
supplied to the control system.
Off 24 vac control power not present (off).
Thermistor Troubleshooting -- The electronic con-
trol uses thermistors to sense temperatures used to control
operation of the unit. Resistances at various telnperatures are
listed in Tables 50 and 51. Thermistor pin connection points are
shown in the Major System Components section. The general
locations of the thermistors are shown the Major System
Components section.
AIR TEMPERATURES Air temperatures are measured
with 10 kilo-ohin thermistors. This includes supply-air temper-
ature (SAT), outdoor-air temperature (OAT), space telnperature
sensors (T55, T56, T58), and return air telnperature (RAT).
The supply air temperature (SAT) and outdoor air tempera-
ture (OAT) thermistors use a snap-mount to attach through the
unit sheet metal panels. The snap-mount tabs must be flattened
on the tip end of the sensor to release _br relnovat from the
panel. See Fig. 13. To reinstall, make sure the snap-mount tabs
extend out.
REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURES Condenser coil tem-
peratures are measured with 5 kilo-ohin thermistors. These
measurelnents provide an approximate saturated condensing
telnperature tbr each circuit (SCT.A, SCT.B). Ensure that ther-
mistors are placed at the correct location and axe snapped se-
curely over the return bend so that contact is made between the
thermistor and the tube.
THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK A
high quality digital volt-ohinmeter is required to perform this
check.
1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate ther-
mistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the Main Base
Board (see Major System Components section).
2. Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor tem-
perature fiom Tables 50 and 51.
3. To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at
probe location with an accurate thennocouple-type
temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thennocou-
pie to avoid ambient temperatures tioln inlluencing
reading. Temperature measured by thennocouple and
telnperature determined fiom thermistor voltage reading
should be close, within 5°F if care was taken in applying
thennocouple and taking readings.
Table 47 -- Gas Heating Service Analysis
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
Burners Will Not Ignite. Active alarm. Check active alarms using ComfortLink TM Scrolling Marquee.
No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control). Check fuses and plugs.
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short cycling. Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
calling for Cooling.
No gas at main burners. Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas
line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before
attempting to re-light unit.
Water in gas line. Drain water and install drip.
Inadequate Heating. Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.
Gas input too low. Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment on
page 90.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point only Allow time for W2 to energize.
calling for Wl.
Unit undersized for load.
Restricted airflow.
Too much outdoor air.
Limit switch cycles main burners.
Poor Flame
Characteristics. incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air)
results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or
floating flame.
Burners Will Not Turn Off. Unit is in Minimum on-time.
Unit running in Service Test mode.
Main gas valve stuck.
Decrease load or increase of size of unit.
Remove restriction.
Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum
_osition using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator settings, and
temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.
Check al! screws around flue outlets and burner compartment.
Tighten as necessary.
Cracked heat exchanger, replace.
Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold
_ressure.
Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.
Check orifice to burner alignment.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Turn off gas supply and unit power. Replace gas valve.
61
Table 48 -- IGC Board LED Alarm Codes
LED FLASH DESCRIPTION ACTION TAKEN BY RESET METHOD PROBABLE CAUSE
CODE CONTROL
On Normal Operation -- -- --
Off Hardware Faiture No gas heating -- Loss of power to the IGC Check 5 amp fuse on IGC,
)ower to unit, 24V circuit breaker, transformer, and wir-
ing to the IGC.
1 Flash Indoor Fan On/Off Delay 5 seconds subtracted from On Power reset High temperature limit switch opens during heat
Modified delay, exchanger warm-up period before fan-on deIay expires
5 seconds added to Off delay High temperature limit switch opens within
(3 min max) 10 minutes of heat call (W) Off
See Limit Switch Fautt
2Flashes Limit Switch Fault Gas vaIve and igniter Off Limit switch closed, or heat High temperature limit switch is open Check the opera-
Indoor fan and inducer On call (W) Off tion of the indoor (evaporator) fan motor. Ensure that the
supply-air temperature rise is within the range on the
unit nameplate Check wiring and limit switch operation.
3Flashes Flame Sense Fault indoor fan and inducer On Flame sense normal The IGC sensed a flame when the gas vaIve should be
Power reset for LED reset closed. Check wiring, flame sensor, and gas valve oper-
ation
4 Flashes Four Consecutive Limit Switch No gas heating Heat caII (W) Off 4 consecutive limit switch faults within a single call for
Fault Power reset for LED reset heat. See Limit Switch Fault.
5Flashes Ignition Fault No gas heating Heat caII (W) Off Unit unsuccessfully attempted ignition for 15 minutes.
Power reset for LED reset Check igniter and flame sensor electrode spacing, gaps,
etc Check flame sense and igniter wiring. Check gas
valve operation and gas supply.
6Flashes Induced Draft Motor Fault if heat off: no gas heating Inducer sense normal, or Inducer sense On when heat call Off, or inducer sense
If heat on: gas valve Off and heat call (W) Off Off when heat call On. Check wiring, voltage, and oper-
inducer On. ation of IGC motor Check speed sensor wiring to IGC
7Flashes Rotlout Switch Lockout Gas valve and igniter Off Power reset Rollout switch has opened Check gas valve operation.
Indoor fan and inducer On Check induced-draft blower wheel is properly secured to
motor shaft.
8Flashes Internal Controt Lockout No gas heating Power reset. IGC has sensed internal hardware or software error If
fault is not cteared by resetting 24 v power, replace the
IGC.
9Flashes Temporary Software Lockout No gas heating 1 hour auto reset, or power Electrical interference is disrupting the IGC
reset, software
LEGEND
IGC -- Integrated Gas Unit Control
LED -- Light-Emitting Diode
NOTES:
1 There is a 3-second pause between alarm code displays
2 If more than one alarm code exists, atl applicable alarm codes wiIt be dis-
played in numerical sequence.
3 Alarm codes on the IGC witl be lost if power to the unit is interrupted.
Table 49 -- Electric Heat Service Analysis
PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY
Heat Will Not Turn On. Active alarm. Check active alarms using ComfortLink TM Scrolling Marquee.
No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
Unit is in minimum heat off-time, or minimum cool-heat Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee
changeover time
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint not calling for Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee
heating.
Heat forced off in Service Test mode.
No 24 vac at heater contactor
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee. Turn Service Test
mode off.
Check transformer and circuit breaker.
Check auto-reset timit switches on heater
Check manual-reset timit switch (LS) on heater.
Check minimum airflow Check limit switch when it is coot,
replace if open
Replace air filters
Atlow time for W2 to energize.
Open temperature timit switch on heater.
Inadequate Heating. Dirty air fitters.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint only calling
forWl.
Heat undersized for load Decrease load or increase size of heater.
Restricted airflow Remove restriction.
Too much outdoor air Check economizer position and configuration Adjust minimum
position.
Limit switch cycles heaters. Check rotation of blower and minimum airflow
Bad heater elements Power off unit and remove high vottage wires. Check resistance
of element, replace if open
Heat Will Not Turn Off. Unit is in minimum heat on-time Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee
Thermostat or occupancy schedute setpoint stilt calling for Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee
heating.
Heat forced on in Service Test mode. Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee. Turn Service Test
mode off.
Heater contactor faiIed. Power off unit Check contactor and reptace if closed
62
I I FLASH - INDOOR F/_ D_.AY I_ iMOC_FIED (HEA_NG)
I2 _ - OPENING OF UMff
I 3 FLASHES - FLAME SENSOR
INDICATES _ Win-{
CLOSED GAS VALVE
4_ - LIMFF SW_CH
CY_ 4 TIMES ON SINGLE
CALL FOR HEAT
I 5 FLASHES-IGNITK3NLOCKOUT(No _n_ va_n 15 nmu_)
I6 FLASNES.INDUCEDDRA_r
MOTORFAULT
8en_x tot 60 second)
I7 FLASHES - OPESNINGOFROLLOUT SWITCH
I 8 _-I-I/I_OWARE QR
SOFT_ FALLT
I 9 FLASHES'SOFTWARE _LOCKOUT
_C BOARD
2. DEFEC]/VE 24V TRANS.
& _V_RE
4. NO PO_R_R TO UNIT
1
HEAllNG
I
I
I
'Wl' FROM BASE CONTROL BOARD ENERGIZES 'W'
ON IGC *1 MINUTE LOCK-ON
COMBUSTION RELAY ON IGC BENERG_ED
C_MPRESSOR &
OUTEX3(_R Fill MOTOR
START IMMEDIATELY
FOR INCO_ FAN
IMMEDIATELY
I
I
!
1__ _TU_ ATCO_ECTS_E_(ATLE_T2=0.P_,P_LL I
B=FECT 8_'¢SOR 8END_ _ SIGNAL TO 1ERM_¢N. 'J f ON IQC
IF LI_ S_ AND ROLLOUT
SWITCH ARE CLOSED, K_C
LOGIC _a_.L INITIATE tGNmON
SEQUENCE
4,
IGC SAFETY LOGIC OPENS GAS I
VhLVE FOR 5 SCE_ONOS
I
HIGH VOLTAGE I
1RANSFORMER CREATES A
10,000 VOLT SPARK FKTR5
8_
I
IK3C _LOGIC W1LL SHUT
OFF GAS VALVE AND SPARK
I 20 SECOND PURGE OF HEATEXCHANGER I
Yes
I IGNfflON LOCYJDUT(_ R.t_HES OF LED) i
LEGEND
IDM -- Induced-Draft Motor
IGC -- Integrated Gas Unit Controller
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the
"AUTO" position.
Yes
HAS BEEN REDUCED D_E TO _ _VMTCH
TRIPe) _WILL _BLOV_R RB.AY
I
I
I
No
NORM.N. HEA_G O_f_A1X;_ I
i
HEA]ING _SA'f}SFI_ I
!
IDM STOPS, SAFETY LO<_C SHUTS OFF GI,S VALVE I
SUBI_a£_r 5_ (OR J
_NO1HB_ 5 S_CONDS) FROM
iNDOOR FAN ON TIME _ELAY
45 SE:OND BLOWER SHUTOFF DELAy
(DELAY EXTB_D_D BY 5 SECOI_)S FOR E/_3H LIMr£ S_I_H TRIP -
MAXIMUM DELAY: 3 MINUTES)
Fig. 12 -- IGC Service Analysis Logic
63
Fig. 13 -- SAT and OAT Thermistor Mounting
Ifa more accurate check is required, unit must be shut do,a_
and therlnistor relnoved and checked at a kalo,a_ telnperature
(freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage
drop measured across therlnistor at the J8 terlninal, or by deter-
mining the resistance with unit shut down and therlnistor
disconnected fiom J8. Colnpare the values deterlnined with the
value read by the control in the Telnperatures mode using the
Scrolling Marquee display.
SENSOR TRIM Corrective oit;ets can be applied to the
space temperature and the supply air temperature sensor
readings. These corrections are set in the Configm,ation--+
TRIM menu for the display, or in the Maintenanee-+TRIM
table for CCN. See the Indoor Air Quality section ibr available
adjustments to IAQ and OAQ sensor readings. The space
temperature may be COlTectedby entering either a calibration
temperature value in SPT.C, or an oit;et temperature value in
SPT.Z The supply-air temperature may be corrected by enter-
ing either a calibration temperature value in SAT.C, or an oit;et
temperature value in SAT.!] Telnperamre corrections should
only be made if sensor readings are compared to an accurate
reference temperature measurelnent device.
Transducer Troubleshooting -- The electronic con-
trol uses salction pressure transducers to measure the suction
pressure of the refrigerant circuits. The pressure/voltage char-
acteristics of these transducers are in sho,a_ in Table 52. The
accuracy of these transducers can be verified by connecting
an accurate pressure gage to the second refiigerant port in the
suction line.
Forcing Inputs and Outputs --Many variables may
have their value forced through CCN or directly at the local
display. This can be useful during diamaostic testing and also
during operation, typically as part of an advanced third party
control scheme. Input and output points that may be tbrced are
indicated as 'forcible' in the write status column of the display
and CCN tables.
If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process
as when editing a configuration paralneter. A forced variable
will be displayed on the Scrolling Marquee with a blinking
period "." following its value. A forced value on Navigator TM
accessory is indicated with a blinking "f'. A forced value on
CCN devices is indicated with "Control" if forced at the unit
display, or "Supervisor" if forced via CCN. To relnove a local
tbrce with the Scrolling Marquee, select the point with the
ENTER key and then press the up-arrow and down-arrow keys
simultaneously.
NOTE: In the case of a control power reset, any tbrce in effect
at the time of power reset will be cleared.
64
Table 50 -- Temperature (°F) vs ResistanceNoltage Drop Values for
OAT, SAT, and SPT Thermistors (10K at 25 C Resistors)
TEMP
(F)
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-t9
-t8
-17
-t6
-15
-t4
-13
-t2
-11
-!0
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2O
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
5O
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
6O
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.758
4.750
4.741
4.733
4.724
4.715
4.705
4.696
4.686
4.676
4.665
4.655
4.644
4.633
4.621
4.609
4.597
4.585
4.572
4.560
4.546
4.533
4.519
4.505
4.490
4.476
4.461
4.445
4.429
4.413
4.397
4.380
4.363
4.346
4.328
4.310
4.292
4.273
4.254
4.235
4.215
4.195
4.174
4.153
4.132
4.111
4.089
4.067
4.044
4.021
3.998
3.975
3.951
3.927
3.903
3.878
3.853
3.828
3.802
3.776
3.750
3.723
3.697
3.670
3.654
3.615
3.587
3.559
3.531
3.503
3.474
3.445
3.416
3.387
3.357
3.328
3.298
3.268
3.238
3.208
3.178
3.147
3.117
3.086
3.056
3.025
RESISTANCE TEMP
(Ohms) (F)
I96,453 61
I89,692 62
I83,300 63
I77,000 64
I71,079 65
I65,238 66
I59,717 67
I54,344 68
I49,194 69
I44,250 70
I39,443 71
I34,891 72
I30,402 73
I26,183 74
I22,018 75
I18,076 76
I14,236 77
I10,549 78
I07,006 79
I03,558 80
I00,287 81
97,060 82
94,020 83
91,019 84
88,171 85
85,396 86
82,729 87
80,162 88
77,662 89
75,286 90
72,940 91
70,727 92
68,542 93
68,465 94
64,439 95
62,491 96
60,612 97
58,781 98
57,039 99
55,319 100
53,693 101
52,086 102
50,557 103
49,065 104
47,627 105
46,240 106
44,888 107
43,598 108
42,324 109
41,118 110
39,926 111
38,790 112
37,681 113
36,610 114
35,577 115
34,569 116
33,606 117
32,654 118
31,752 119
30,860 120
30,009 121
29,177 122
28,373 123
27,597 124
26,838 125
26,113 126
25,396 127
24,715 128
24,042 129
23,399 130
22,770 131
22,161 132
21,573 133
20,998 134
20,447 135
19,903 136
19,386 137
18,874 138
18,384 139
17,904 140
17,441 141
16,991 142
16,552 143
16,131 144
15,714 145
15,317 146
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.994
2.963
2.932
2.901
2.870
2.839
2.808
2.777
2.746
2.715
2.684
2.653
2.622
2.592
2.561
2.530
2.500
2.470
2.439
2.409
2.379
2.349
2.319
2.290
2.260
2.231
2.202
2.173
2.144
2.115
2.087
2.059
2.030
2.003
1.975
1.948
1.921
1.894
1.867
1.841
1.815
1.789
1.763
1.738
1.713
1.688
1.663
1.639
1.615
1.591
1.567
1.544
1.521
1.498
1.475
1.453
1.431
1.409
1.387
1.366
1.345
1.324
1.304
1.284
1.264
1.244
1.225
1.206
1.187
1.168
1.150
1.132
1.114
1.096
1.079
1.062
1.045
1.028
1.012
0.996
0.980
0.965
0.949
0.934
0.919
0.905
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
14,925
14,549
14,180
13,824
13,478
13,139
12,814
12,493
12,187
11,884
11,593
11,308
11,031
10,784
10,501
10,249
10,000
9,782
9,526
9,300
9,078
8,882
8,653
8,448
8,251
8,056
7,869
7,685
7,507
7,333
7,165
6,999
6,838
6,683
6,530
6,383
6,238
6,098
5,961
5,827
5,698
5,571
5,449
5,327
5,210
5,095
4,984
4,876
4,769
4,666
4,564
4,467
4,370
4,277
4.185
4,096
4,008
3,923
3,840
3,759
3,681
3,603
3,529
3,455
3,383
3,313
3,244
3,178
3,112
3,049
2,986
2,926
2,866
2,809
2,752
2,697
2,643
2,590
2,539
2,488
2,439
2,391
2,343
2,297
2,253
2,209
TEMP VOLTAGE
(F) DROP (V)
147 0.890
148 0.876
149 0.862
150 0.848
151 0.835
152 0.82I
153 0.808
154 0.795
155 0.782
156 0.770
157 0.758
158 0.745
159 0.733
160 0.722
161 0.710
162 0.699
163 0.687
164 0.676
165 0.666
166 0.655
167 0.645
168 0.634
169 0.624
170 0.614
171 0.604
172 0.595
173 0.585
174 0.576
175 0.567
176 0.558
177 0.549
178 0.540
179 0.532
180 0.523
181 0.515
182 0.507
183 0.499
184 0.49I
185 0.483
186 0.478
187 0.468
188 0.46I
189 0.454
190 0.447
191 0.440
192 0.433
193 0.428
194 0.419
195 0.413
196 0.407
197 0.400
198 0.394
199 0.388
200 0.382
201 0.378
202 0.370
203 0.365
204 0.359
205 0.354
206 0.349
207 0.343
208 0.338
209 0.333
210 0.328
211 0.323
212 0.318
213 0.314
214 0.309
215 0.305
216 0.300
217 0.296
218 0.292
219 0.288
220 0.284
221 0.279
222 0.275
223 0.272
224 0.268
225 0.264
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,166
2,I24
2,083
2,043
2,003
1,966
1,928
1,89I
1,855
1,820
1,786
1,752
1,719
1,687
1,656
1,625
1,594
1,565
1,536
1,508
1,480
1,453
1,426
1,400
1,375
1,350
1,326
1,302
1,278
1,255
1,233
1,21I
1,I90
1,I69
1,I48
1,I28
1,I08
1,089
1,070
1,052
1,033
1,016
998
981
964
947
931
915
900
885
870
855
841
827
814
800
787
774
762
749
737
725
714
702
891
880
870
859
649
639
629
620
610
601
592
583
574
566
557
65
Table 51 -- Temperature (°F) vs. Resistance/Voltage Drop Values for SCT Sensors (5K at 25 C Resistors)
TEMP
(F)
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-t
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
VOLTAGE
DROP
(v)
3.699
3.689
3.679
3.668
3.658
3.647
3.636
3.624
3.613
3.60I
3.588
3.576
3.563
3.550
3.536
3.523
3.509
3.494
3.480
3.465
3.450
3.434
3.418
3.402
3.386
3.369
3.352
3.335
3.317
3.299
3.28t
3.262
3.243
3.224
3.205
3.I85
3.I65
3.I45
3.I24
3.I03
3.082
3.060
3.038
3.016
2.994
2.972
2.949
2.926
2.903
2.879
2.856
2.832
2.808
2.784
2.759
2.735
2.710
2.685
2.660
2.634
2.609
2.583
2.558
2.532
2.506
2.480
2.454
2.428
2.402
2.376
2.349
2.323
2.296
2.270
2.244
2.217
2.I9I
2.I65
2.I38
2.I12
2.086
2.060
2.034
2.008
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
98,010
94,707
9t,522
88,449
85,486
82,627
79,87t
77,212
74,648
72,I75
69J90
67,490
65,272
63,I33
61,070
59,08t
57,I62
55,31t
53,526
51,804
50,I43
48,541
46,996
45,505
44,066
42,679
41,339
40,047
38,800
37,596
36,435
35,313
34,231
33,I85
32,I76
31,202
30,260
29,35I
28,473
27,624
26,804
26,01I
25,245
24,505
23,789
23,096
22,427
21,779
2I,I53
20,547
I9,960
I9,393
I8,843
I8,31t
I7,796
I7,297
I6,814
I6,346
I5,892
I5,453
I5,027
I4,614
I4,214
I3,826
I3,449
I3,084
I2,730
I2,387
I2,053
II,730
II,416
II,I12
I0,816
I0,529
I0,250
9,979
9,717
9,461
9,213
8,973
8,739
8,51t
8,29t
8,076
TEMP
(F) (V)
59 1.982
60 1.956
61 1.930
62 1.905
63 1.879
64 1.854
65 1.829
66 1.804
67 1.779
68 1.754
69 1.729
70 1.705
71 1.681
72 1.656
73 1.632
74 1.609
75 1.585
76 1.562
77 1.536
78 1.516
79 1.493
80 1.470
81 1.448
82 1.426
83 1.404
84 1.382
85 1.361
86 1.340
87 1.319
88 1.298
89 1.278
90 1.257
91 1.237
92 1.217
93 1.198
94 1.179
95 1.160
96 1.141
97 1.122
98 1.104
99 1.086
100 1.068
101 1.051
102 1.033
103 1.016
104 0.999
105 0.983
106 0.966
107 0.950
108 0.934
109 0.916
110 0.903
111 0.888
112 0.873
113 0.858
114 0.843
115 0.829
116 0.815
117 0.801
118 0.787
119 0.774
120 0.761
121 0.748
122 0.735
123 0.723
124 0.710
125 0.698
126 0.686
127 0.674
128 0.663
129 0.651
130 0.640
131 0.629
132 0.618
133 0.608
134 0.597
135 0.587
136 0.577
137 0.567
138 0.557
139 0.548
140 0.538
141 0.529
142 0.520
VOLTAGE RESISTANCE
DROP (Ohms)
7,866
7,665
7,468
7,277
7,09I
6,91I
6,735
6,564
6,399
6,238
6,08I
5,929
5,78I
5,637
5,497
5,36I
5,229
5,10t
4,976
4,855
4,737
4,622
4,511
4,403
4,298
4,196
4,096
4,000
3,906
3,814
3,726
3,640
3,556
3,474
3,395
3,318
3,243
3,170
3,099
3,03t
2,964
2,898
2,835
2,773
2,713
2,655
2,597
2,542
2,488
2,436
2,385
2,335
2,286
2,239
2,192
2,147
2,103
2,060
2,018
1,977
1,937
1,898
1,860
1,822
1,786
1,750
1,715
1,680
1,647
1,614
1,582
1,550
1,519
1,489
1,459
1,430
1,40I
1,373
1,345
1,318
1,29I
1,265
1,240
1,214
TEMP
(F)
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
VOLTAGE
DROP
(v)
0.511
0.502
0.494
0.485
0.477
0.469
0.461
0.453
0.445
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,190
1,165
1,141
1,118
1,095
1,072
1,050
1,029
1,007
152 0.438
153 0.430
154 0.423
155 0.416
156 0.408
157 0.402
158 0.395
159 0.388
160 0.381
161 0.375
162 0.369
163 0.362
164 0.356
165 0.350
166 0.344
167 0.339
168 0.333
169 0.327
170 0.322
171 0.317
172 0.311
173 0.306
174 0.301
175 0.296
176 0.291
177 0.286
178 0.282
179 0.277
180 0.272
181 0.268
182 0.264
183 0.259
184 0.255
185 0.251
186 0.247
187 0.243
188 0.239
189 0.235
190 0.231
191 0.228
192 0.224
193 0.220
194 0.217
195 0.213
196 0.210
197 0.206
198 0.203
199 0.200
200 0.197
201 0.194
202 0.191
203 0.188
204 0.185
205 0.182
206 0.179
207 0.176
208 0.173
209 0.171
210 0.168
211 0.165
212 0.163
213 0.160
214 0.158
215 0.155
216 0.153
217 0.151
218 0.148
219 0.146
228 0.144
221 0.142
222 0.140
223 0.138
224 0.135
225 0.133
986
965
945
925
906
887
868
85O
832
815
798
782
765
750
734
719
7O5
690
677
663
65O
638
626
614
602
591
581
57O
561
551
542
533
524
516
508
501
494
487
48O
473
467
461
456
45O
445
439
434
429
424
419
415
410
405
401
396
391
386
382
377
372
367
361
356
35O
344
338
332
325
318
311
304
297
289
282
dd
Table 52 -- Pressure (psig) vs. Voltage Drop Values for Suction Pressure Transducers
PRESSURE VOLTAGE
(psig) DROP (V)
00.465
2 0.485
4 0.505
6 0.524
8 0.544
10 0.564
12 0.583
14 0.603
16 0.623
18 0.642
20 0.662
22 0.682
24 0.702
26 0.721
28 0.741
30 0.761
32 0.780
34 0.800
36 0.820
38 0.839
40 0.859
42 0.879
44 0.898
46 0.918
48 0.938
50 0.958
52 0.977
54 0.997
56 1.017
58 1.036
60 1.056
62 1.076
64 1.095
66 1.115
PRESSURE VOLTAGE
(psig) DROP (V)
68 1.135
70 1.154
72 1.174
74 1.194
76 1.214
78 1.233
80 1.253
82 1.273
84 1.292
86 1.312
88 1.332
90 1.351
92 1.371
94 1.391
96 1.410
98 1.430
100 1.450
102 1.470
104 1.489
106 1.509
108 1.529
110 1.548
112 1.568
114 1.588
116 1.607
118 1.627
120 1.647
122 1.666
124 1.686
126 1.706
128 1.726
130 1.745
132 1.765
134 1.785
PRESSURE
(psig)
136 1.804
138 1.824
140 1.844
142 1.863
144 1.883
146 1.903
148 1.922
150 1.942
152 1.982
154 1.982
156 2.001
158 2.021
160 2.041
162 2.080
164 2.080
166 2.100
168 2.119
170 2.139
172 2.159
174 2.178
176 2.198
178 2.218
180 2.237
182 2.257
184 2.277
186 2.297
188 2.316
190 2.336
192 2.356
194 2.375
196 2.395
198 2.415
200 2.434
202 2.454
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
PRESSURE
(psig)
204
206
208
210
212
214
216
218
220
222
224
226
228
230
232
234
236
238
240
242
244
246
248
250
252
254
256
258
260
262
264
266
268
270
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.474
2.493
2.513
2.533
2.553
2.572
2.592
2.612
2.631
2.651
2.671
2.690
2.710
2.730
2.749
2.769
2.789
2.809
2.828
2.848
2.868
2.887
2.907
2.927
2.946
2.966
2.986
3.005
3.025
3.045
3.065
3.084
3.104
3.124
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General -- The 48/50PG single-package rooftop units con-
tain the (bmjbrtLink TM electronic conm)l system that monitors
all operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed
of several main control components and available fiactory-
installed options or field-installed accessories as listed in sec-
tions below. See Fig. 14-19 for the control and power schemat-
ics. Figures 20 and 21 show the layout of the control box, unit,
and thermistor and transducer locations.
Main Base Board (MBB) -- See Fig. 22 and Table 53.
The MBB is the center of the (bmJbrtLink control system. It
contains the major portion of the operating sot_vare and con-
trois the operation of the unit. The MBB continuously monitors
input/output channel information received t_om its inputs mad
fiom the Economizer Control Board (ECB). The MBB re-
ceives inputs fiom thermistors and transducers. The MBB also
receives the Current Sensor inputs for compressors and other
discrete or diNtat inputs. The MBB reads space temperature
(SPT) tiom either a T-55, T-56 or T-58 device and space tem-
perature ofl;et (SPTO) fiom a 1-56 device. See Field-Installed
Accessories section on page 82. The MBB controls 9 relays.
NOTE: The Main Base Board (MBB) has a 3-position instance
jmnper that is thctory set to ' 1'. Do not change this setting.
Economizer Control Board (ECB) -- The ECB con-
trols the economizer actuator. See Fig. 23 and Table 54. The
control signal from the ECB uses either the MFT
(Multi-Function Technology) COlrnnunication protocol or a 4 to
20 mA output signal as defned by the confignration
Configumtion-->ECON-->E.CTL. The ECB has inputs for
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ), Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ), mad
enthalpy. It also controls two power exhaust outputs.
By digitally colrnnunicating with the ECB, the economizer
actuator is able to provide the dmnper position and diagnostic
information to the ComJbrtLink controller. The damper
position is displayed at Outputs--+ECON--+ECAP Diagnostic
information is displayed via Alert T414. More information
about these alarms is contained in the Atanns and Alerts
section.
NOTE: The Economizer Control Board (ECB) has a
&position DIP switch that is thctory set to ON (towards the
center of the board). Do not change this setting.
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board -- The IGC
is provided on gas heat units. See Table 55 and Fig. 24. The
IGC controls the direct spark ignition system and monitors the
rollout switch, limit switch, and induced-draft motor Hall
Efl_ct switch. The IGC is equipped with an LED (light-
emitting diode) tbr diagnostics. See the Troubleshooting
section for more information.
Low Voltage Terminal Strip (TB2) -- This circuit
board provides a connection point bewveen the major control
boards and a majority of the field-installed accessories. See
Fig. 25 and Table 56. The interthce connection for the Carrier
Comfort Newvork¢<3(CCN) colrnnunication and interthce con-
nection for the Local Equipment Newvork (LEN) communica-
tions are also located on the low voltage tenninat strip.
67
68
69
.=!
]
I! I
.,22
I
I:
==i=,i: -'o_l::L_:
i i, _
E
U)
E
0
0
11,
I
o
,m
4,a
E
o
U_
0
0
0
.3
I
?0
i
i
I
I
L
71
_ ELECIRIC 1
HEAT LAREL
OF_3
OF_6
Fig. 18 _Power Schematic _Units without Humidi-MiZe rT_ System
72
I!F _LNSEE 1
LABEL_
I OPTION DEPENDENT
FIELDJ HACR TB1
I
I
_ _ K!>t2N
EQUIP GND
CONNECT VINE TO
APPROPR[ATE UNIT VOLTAGE
_ TNVNI
_LN<_
_(__YEL
(__BLU
Frqq
CSAI
CA1 DU2
F
CONPA1
CCHNI
YEL
ZOM230,460V _YEL YEL
CONNECT WIRE TO
APPROPRIATE UNIT VOLTAGE
ZOSI230,460V _YEL YEL
CONNECT WIRE TO
APPROPRIATE UNIT VOLTAGE
BLR_ TRAN3
2081230,460V _YEL
IFC
PL4 1
_BLK
PL4 2
_YEL IFV
PLV 3
{_BLU
1 %N%N
NLRIIRT NLRIOT TPL215
OFCI PL5 3 PLIO
QT P_FAN BRNp_LL _ _ OFM1
_(_ I_]_BLU-(eYEL@ YEL_YEL YEL
KP_21 P_2_ |
PL6 3 PL13
CAP1 PL 2
__:RENL ORN OPV,QT_ YEL_
OFV2
_4 ONLY)
OFM5
I_ONLYI
OFV6
OFV3
I ...................... 1
PEC1
BLK i
BRN PEM1:
YEL I
J
iSkN
: PEM2I
BRN
I :
b ....................
PL3 10 YEL IDV
_ YE L_ Y EL _ ,&_ HEAT Ofa_y) B R N_ (_LSyI_T
_BLN BLK 460V
PL_1< 1 BEK NOT USED L _VIO 2081230V
SEE CONTROL SCHEMATIC
GAS HF_T O_LY
Fig. 19 -- Power Schematic -- Units with Humidi-MiZer TM System
73
J_
zc
8
ooooo_
b-
z
w
w
0
2
o
o_ q
E
o_
74
I
zw
oi
E
t_
1t.,
N
i
:'5
E
,I-
I
75
RED LED - STATUS
-\ GREEN LED -
LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
Z
/
STATUS
YELLOW LED -
CCN (CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK)
INSTANCE JUMPER (SET TO 1)
DISPLAY NAME
INPUTS
HUM
FDWN
G
W2
Wl
Y2
Y1
SPT
SPTO or
RAT
OAT
SAT
SCT.A
SCT.B
SCTC
FANS
SSPA
SSPB
SSRC
FILS
CSA1
CSB1 or
CSA2
CS.CI or
CSB1
OUTPUTS
CRC
CMRC or
OFC2
CMRB
CMRA
CCH or
OFC.3 or
OFCl
OFC.2 or
RH2B
OFC.I or
RH2A
IDF
ALRM
HT1
HT2
COMMUNICATION
CCN
POINT DESCRIPTION
J8
FFFFrmDEBFm
Fig. 22 -- Main Base Board (MBB)
Table 53 -- MBB Connections
SENSOR LOCATION
Input power from TRAN 1
Indoor fan output feedback (IGC), or
Space humidity switch
Fire shutdown svdtch
Thermostat G/Fan/
Thermostat W2 (2nd Stage Heat)
Thermostat W1 (1st Stage Heat)
Thermostat Y2 (2nd Stage Cool /
Thermostat Y1 (1 st Stage Cool)
Space temperature (T55/56)
Space temperature offset (T56), or
Return air temperature
Outdoor air temperature
Supply air temperature
Saturated condenser temperature, circuit A
Saturated condenser temperature, circuit B
Saturated condenser temperature, circuit C
Fan status switch
Suction pressure, circuit A
Suction pressure, circuit B
Suction pressure, ckcuit C
Filter status switch
Compressor A1 feedback
Compressor B1 feedback, or
Compressor A2 feedback
Compressor C1 feedback, or
Compressor B1 feedback
Output power to ECB
Output power to Marquee Display
Cool-Reheat1 control
Compressor CI relay, or
Outdoor fen 2 relax/
Compressor B1 relay
Compressor A1 relay
Crankcase heat relay, or
Outdoor fan 3 relay, or
Outdoor fan 1 relay
Outdoor fan 2 relay, or
Reheat2 valve, circuit B and C
Outdoor fan I relay, or
Reheat2 valve, circuit A
Indoor fen relay
Alarm re}ay
Heat sta_e 1 refa_/
Heat stage 2 re}ay
control box
gas section
space
supply/return/space
space
space
space
space
space
space
space
return
outdoor coil support
indoor fen housing, or supply duct
outdoor coil circuit A
outdoor coil circud S
outdoor coil circuit C
indoor fen section
compressor A suction
compressor E suction
compressor C suction
indoor fen section
control box
control box
controlbox
Local Equipment Network (LEN /
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
Network device power
TYPE OF IIO
24 VAC
switch input
svdtch input
svdtch input
switch input
switch input
switch input
switch input
1Ok thermistor
1Ok thermistor
1Ok thermistor
1Ok thermistor
5k thermistor
5k thermistor
5k thermistor
switch input
analog input
analog input
analog input
switch input
digital input
digital input
digital input
24 VAC
24 VAC
relay
relay
relay
relay
relay
relay
relay
relay
relay
relay
relay
communication
communication
24 VAC
CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER
J1, 1-3
J6.4
J6, 5-6
J7.2
J7, 4
J7, 6
J7.8
J7, 10
J8, 1-2
JS, 2-3
J8, 5-6
JS, 7-8
J8, 9-10
J8, 11-12
J8, 13-14
J8.15-16
J8 18-20
J8, 21-23
JS, 24-26
J9, 2-3
J9, 4-6
Jg, 7-9
JP, 10-12
J2,1-2
J4,5-6
J10,3
J10,6
J10,9
J10.11
J10.13
J10,16
J10.19
J10,21
J10.23
J10,25
J10.27
J5, 1-3
J5, 5-7
J5.9-10
76
L-
m
RED LED
STATUS GREEN LED-LEN
(LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
Fig. 23 -- Economizer Control Board (ECB)
Table 54 -- ECB Connections
DISPLAY NAME POINT DESCRIPTION SENSOR LOCATION TYPE OF I/O CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER
INPUTS
Input power from MBB control box 24 VAC J1, !-2
RMOC Remote occupancy switch field installed switch input J4, 2-3
ENTH or Outdoor enthalpy switch, or economizer
IAQS Indoor air quality switch space or return switch input J4, 4-3
IAQ Indoor air quality sensor space or return 4-20 mA J5, 2-3
OAQ or Outdoor air quality sensor, or economizer
SRRH Space humidity sensor space 4-20 mA J5, 4-3
OUTPUTS
PE.1 Power exhaust 2 relay relay J8, 3
PE.2 Power exhaust 2 relay relay J8, 6
EC.CP or EC.AP Economizer actuator (analog, digital) 4-20 mA J9, 1
COMMUNICATION
Local Equipment Network (LEN) communication J2, 1-3
EC.CP and EC.AP Economizer actuator (digital control) communication J7, !-3
77
RED LED-STATUS
0
UUUUUU.,:4
LH33WPOO2A 1088-12
Fig. 24 -- Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board
Table 55 -- IGC Connections
TERMINAL LABEL POINT DESCRIPTION SENSOR LOCATION TYPE OF I/O CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER
INPUTS
RT, C Input power from TRAN ! control box 24 VAC --
SS Speed sensor gas section analog input J!, 1-3
FS, T1 Flame sensor gas section switch input --
W Heat stage 1 MBB 24 VAC J2, 2
RS Rotlout switch gas section switch input J2, 5-6
LS Limit switch gas section switch input J2, 7-8
CS Centrifugal switch (not used) -- switch input J2, 9-10
OUTPUTS
L1, CM Induced draft combustion motor gas section line VAC
IFO Indoor fan MBB relay J2, !
GV Gas valve (heat stage 1) gas section relay J2, 11-12
?8
17 I 14 I I I
J1O J11 RUN TEST J12
(_ SEPARATION OF CIRCUITS TO EACH 24V TRANSFORMER MUST BE MAINTAINEDI.........I T55IFANSTATOSl
1 2 345678 9 10 R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G C X 1 2 1 2 31 2
Fig. 25 -- Low-Voltage Terminal Strip
LEN CCN
Table 56 -- Field Connection Terminal Strip
CONNECTION
TERMINAL LABEL DISPLAY NAME POINT DESCRIPTION SENSOR LOCATION TYPE OF I/O PIN NUMBER
1 24 VAC power 24 VAC output J10, 17
2 IAQ Indoor air quality sensor return/space 4-20 mA input J10, 16
3 Indoor & outdoor air quality common 4-20 mA input J10, !5
4 OAQ or Outdoor air quality sensor, or economizer
SRRH Space humidity sensor space 4-20 mA input J10, 14
5 RMOC Remote occupancy switch field installed 24 VAC input J10, !3
6 Outdoor enthalpy switch power economizer 24 VAC input J10, 11-12
ENTH or Outdoor enthalpy switch, or economizer, or
7 IAQ.S Indoor air quality switch return/space 24 VAC input J1O, 9-10
8 EC.CP or EC.AP Economizer actuator (digital control) 2-10 VDC output J10, 6-8
EC.CP Economizer actuator (analog control) economizer 2-10 VDC output
9 Economizer signal common economizer VDC J10, 3-5
10 EC.CP Economizer actuator (digital control) communication
EC.AP Economizer actuator (analog control) economizer 2-10 VDC output J10, 1-2
R 24 VAC power 24 VAC output Jl!, 11-14
Y1 Y1 Thermostat Y1 (1st stage cool) space 24 VAC input J11 ,!0
Y2 Y2 Thermostat Y2 (2nd stage coo!) space 24 VAC input J11, 9
W! W1 Thermostat W1 (1st stage heat) space 24 VAC input J11,7-8
W2 W2 Thermostat W2 (2nd stage heat) space 24 VAC input J11,6
G G Thermostat G (Fan) space 24 VAC input J11,5
C 24 VAC common 24 VAC output J11,2-4
X ALRM Alarm output (normally open) 24 VAC output J11, 1
FIRE SHUTDOWN !-2, FDWN Fire shutdown switch supply/return/space switch input J12, 6-7
or HUM Space humidity switch space
HUMIDISTAT 1-2"
T55 1-2 SPT Space temperature (T55t56) space 10k thermistor J12, 4-5
Space temperature offset (T56) or space or return 10k thermistor J12, 3-4
T55 2-3 SPTO or RAT Return air temperature
LEN Local Equipment Network (LEN) communication J13, 1-3, 4-5
CCN Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) communication J13, 6-8, 4-5
TM
*Refer to Third Party Control section on page 38 for information on wiring fire shutdown with a Humidi-MiZer system.
79
Scrolling Marquee Display i This device is the key-
pad interface used to access rooftop information, read sensor
values, and test the unit. See Fig. 26. The Scrolling Marquee
display is a &key, 4-charactm; 16-segment LED (light-emitting
diode) display. Eleven mode LEDs are located on the display
as well as an Alarm Status LED. See Scrolling Marquee
section on page 2 for further details.
Accessory Navigator TM Display iThe accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the 48/50PG
series units. See Fig. 27. The Navigator display operates the
stone way as the Scrolling Marquee device. The Navigator
display plugs into the LEN port on either TB2 or the ECB
board.
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface i
The 48/50PG units can be connected to the CCN it"desired.
The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor
cable with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The
system elements are connected to the co_rnnunication bus in a
daisy chain arrangement. See Fig. 28. The positive pin of each
system element communication connector must be wired to the
positive pins of the system elements on either side of it. This is
also required for the negative and siNmt ground pins of each
system element. Wiring connections for CCN should be made
at TB2. See Fig. 14-17. Consult the CCN Contractor's Manual
for further information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (Ameri-
can Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper, hldividuat
conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nyton, vinyl,
Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminmn/polyester 100% Ibil
shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or
Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of _0 C
to 60 C is required. See the table below for acceptable wiring.
MANUFACTURER PART NO.
Alpha 2413 or 5463
Belden 6772
Carol C2528
West Penn 302
It is important when connecting to a CCN colrnnunication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network
to simplit) the installation. It is recolrnnended that red be used
for the siNml positive, black for the signal negative and white
for the sisal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables contain-
ing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its colrnnunication
bus cables must be tied together. The shield screw on TB2 can
be used to tie the cables together. If the communication bus is
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield
must be connected to a ground at one point only. The shield
screw on TB2 is not acceptable for grounding. If the colrnnuni-
cation bus cable exits fiom one building and enters another,
the shields must be connected to grounds at the lighming sup-
pressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the
building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to
the network:
1. Turn offpower to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the eMs of the red (_), white
(ground), and black () conductors. (Substitute appropri-
ate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB2, the white
wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the @)
terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB2 can also be used, but is
only inteMed tbr temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Carrier net_xx_rksot_vare).
Fig. 26 1Scrolling Marquee
Fig. 27 1Accessory Navigator TM Display
5. Restore power to unit.
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines fiom running and may prevent the unit fiom
starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the connec-
tor. If conditions remm to normal, check the CCN connec-
tor and cable. Run new cable if necessary. A short in one
section of the bus can cause problems with all system ele-
ments on the bus.
Subcooler Heat Exchanger (SHX) i The purpose
of the subcooler heat exchanger (SHX) and the subcooler TXV
is to increase the capacity of the evaporator by sending sub-
cooled liquid refi-igerant into the evaporator. Normally, the
condenser subcools the liquid refi-igerant by approximately
10F. The SHX adds another 10 F to 15F degrees of subcooling
before the refi-igerant reaches the evaporator. This allows the
refi-igerant to absorb more heat fiom the mixed air, thereby pro-
viding more cooling capacity.
The subcooler functions by taking a small percentage of the
high pressure, medium temperature liquid refiigerant which
exits the condenser and converting it into a low pressure, low
temperature gas. This is accomplished by using the subcooler
TXM The gas is then routed thiough a reverse-flow heat
ex&anger (SHX), which transI_rs heat from the remaining
liquid refiigerant in the liquid line to the reverse flow gas
refrigerant. The moderate temperature gas is then sent to the
compressor to complete the loop and the cooler liquid refiiger-
ant continues its normal path to the main TXV and the
evaporator. See Fig. 29.
80
CCN BUS
BUiLDiNG SUPERVISOR
NETWORK
OPTIONS
REMOTE AUTODtAL j
CCN SITE -- GATEWAY --
NON HvAcCARRtER L_
EQUIPMENT
COMFORT
CONTROLLER
J
ROOFTOP
UNIT
ROOFTOP
UNIT _ ROOFTOP j._
UNIT
HEATING/COOLING UNITS
LEGEND
CCN -- Carrier Comfort Network@
CL -- ComfortLink TM ControIs
DAV -- Digital Air Volume
HVAC -- Heating, Ventilation,
and Air Conditioning
TCU -- Terminal Control Unit
TO
I _ ADDITIONAL
MINALS
J DAV FAN
I/_. ] I POWERED
I ,,Z /J _ ] J MIXING
I/" (_.p/ BOX
AIR DISTRIBUTiON-DiGITAL AiR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)
Fig. 28 -- CCN System Architecture
SUBCOOLER
HX
COMPRESSOR
SUBCOOLER TXV
MAIN TXV
Fig. 29 -- Subcooler Operation
8!
Field-Installed Accessories
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-55) The T-55 space
temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed
accessory. The sensor is installed on a building interior walt to
measure room air temperature. The T-55 sensor also includes an
override button on the fiont cover to permit occupants to over-
ride the Unoccupied Schedule (if progralrnned). The jumper
wire in the instalter's packet must be connected between R and
W1 when using a T-55 device. See Fig. 30 and 31.
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (1-56) The T-56 space
temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT56SPT) is a field-installed
accessory. This sensor includes a sliding scale on the fiont
cover that permits an occupant to adjust the space temperature
set point remotely. The T-56 sensor also includes an override
button on the front cover to allow occupants to override the
unoccupied schedule (if progalrnned). The jumper wire in the
installer's packet must be connected between R and Wl when
using a T-56 device. See Fig. 30 and 32.
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-58) The T-58
space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT58SPT) is a field-in-
stalled accessory. The T-58 sensor colrnnunicates with the
ComJbrtLink TM controtlei; providing space temperature, heat-
ing and cooling set points, and mode operation inlbnnation.
The jumper wire in the installer's packet must be connected
between R and W1 when using a T-58 device. See Fig. 33.
REIN"to the T-58 installation instructions for information on
installing and configuring the T-58 sensor.
Each T-58 sensor must have a unique address on the CCN.
Each T-58 sensor must also be confi_red with the address of
the unit control it is communicating to.
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AVERAGING See
Fig. 34 for space temperature averaging with T-55 sensors only.
If the use of one T-56 sensor is required, refer to Fig. 35.
ECONOMIZER The economizer accessory usage de-
pends on model size. When installing this accessory, the unit
must be configured for economizer installation by setting
(bnfgmvttion--->ECON--->ECEN to YES. The dethult settings
for the other economizer confi_rations should be satislhctory.
If they need to be changed, additional information about these
configuration settings can be tbund in the Economizer section.
POWER EXHAUST The power exhaust accessory usage
depends on voltage. When installing this accessory, the unit
must be configured for power exhaust installation by setting
(bnfigutvttion-->ECON-->PE.EN to ENBL. The default set-
tings for the other power exhaust configurations should be
satisihctory. If they need to be changed, additional inibnnation
about these configurations can be found in the Power Exhaust
section.
TWO-POSITION DAMPER This accessory wires direct-
ly into the low voltage circuit tbr the indoor fan control. No
other control configuration is needed.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY The indoor air quality ([AQ)
sensor is a field-installed accessory which measures CO2levels in
the air.When installing this sensor, the unit must be configured tbr
IAQ use by setting Configuralion--_AIR.O--dA.CF to a value
of 1, 2, or 3. See the Indoor Air Quality section lbr more
information.
OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY The outdoor air quality
(OAQ) sensor (part no. 33ZCSENCO2) is a field-installed acces-
sory that measures CO2 levels in the air. When installing this
sensor, the unit must be configured lbr OAQ use by setting
Configuration--->AIR.O_OA.CF to a value of 1 or 2. See the
Indoor Air Quality section lbr more inlbnnation.
SMOKE DETECTORS The Slnoke detectors are field-
installed accessories. These detectors can detect smoke in
either the return air (part no. CRSMKDET001D00) or supply
and return air (partno. CRSMKSUP001B00). When installing
either detectoi; the unit must be configured for tire shutdo,am by
setting Configuration-->UNIr-->FS.SW to normally open (1)
or nonnalty closed (2).
NOTE: When a Humidi-Mizer TM system is installed, the
inputs to the fire shutdown are moved to the control harness.
See the Third Party Control section on page 38 for more
information.
FILTER STATUS The filter status accessory (part no.
CRSTATUS003B00) is a field-installed accessory. This accesso-
ry detects plugged filters. When installing this accessory, the unit
must be configuzed for filter status by setting (bnfiguration
---_UNIT---_FL.SWto normally open (1) or normally closed (2).
Normally open (1) is the preferred configuration.
FAN STATUS The thn status accessory (part no.
CRSTATUS003B00) is a field-installed accessory. This acces-
sory detects when the indoor flax1is blowing air. When installing
this accessory, the unit must be configured tbr fan status by
setting Configuration--+UNIT---_FPc:SW to m_nally open (1)
or nonnalty closed (2). Nonnatly open (1) is the preferred
configuration.
ENTHALPY SENSORS The enthalpy accessories (part
no. CRENTSNG02A00 and CRENTDIF02A00) are field-
installed accessories. The first accessory (outdoor air only)
determines when the enthatpy is low relative to a fixed refer-
ence. Adding the second accessory (return air) compares the
enthalpy between the outdoor and return airstreams. In each
case, the enthalpy 4 to 20 mA simmls are converted to a switch
output which is read by the ECB. When installing this accesso-
ry, the unit must be configured for enthalpy-based control by
setting (bnfiguration -->E(DN--_EPC:SWto nonnalty open (1).
See Fig. 14-19 for wiring details.
RETURN/SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR The
temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCSENSAT) is a field-installed
accessory which may be installed on the common return air
duct and/or the COlnmon supply air duct near the unit. The duct
remm air temperature (RAT) may be selected for display only
if the space temperature ofl;et (SPTO) is not used. When in-
stalling the sensor, the unit must be confimlred by setting
Configuration--+UNIT--+RAT.S to YES. The duct supply air
temperature (SAT) may be used to replace the SAT sensor that
is intemat to the unit. A supply duct SAT measurement is valid
for heating mode display while the thctory-standard internal
SAT is not valid for heating clue to its location upstremn of the
heating section. When installing the supply duct SAT, the unit
must be confimlred by setting Configuration-+UNIT---_gAT.H
to ENBL. A SAT sensor in the supply duct is the preferred con-
figuxation for systems with Carrier VVT,_R)controls.
SPACE HUMIDITY SENSOR The space relative humidi-
ty sensor (part no. HL39ZZ005 duct mount or HL39ZZ007
walt mount) is a field-installed accessory. The space relative
humidity (RHS) may be selected for display only if the outdoor
air quality sensor (OAQ) is not used. When installing the rela-
tive humidity sensor, the unit must be configured by setting
Cot*figuration --_UNIT--_RIt.S to YES.
ELECTRIC HEAT The electric heat accessory depends on
model size, voltage, and heater kW size. When field installing
this accessory, the unit must be confimlred for electric heat by
setting Configuration-+HEAT--->HT.. TY to a value of 2.
82
4.50 V
328
1
CLEARANCE HOLES FOR
(2) #8 MOUNTING
SCREWS ON CENTERLINE
_/
jr,--,----,=!--_]
, U j
NOTE: Dimensions are in inches.
Fig. :30 -- Space Temperature Sensor Mounting
_X
i .
/
©
2" S 4\ 5 \ 6
/ \ t _ -W-HT-(G-N-D)L',
\_ _ BLKX )_',j _
SEN
/ BLK (GND) ' '
_ _ RED (SPT)j,Z"
@
@ ©©
/.'/
CCN COM
SENSOR WIRING
\}
Fig. 31 -- T-55 Space Temperature Sensor Wiring
(PIN 33ZCT55SPT)
x',x
o
_'/ coo,_ w_._ \,
CCN COM
SENSOR WIRING
JUMPER
_TERMINALS
AS SHOWN
Fig. 32 -- T-56 Space Temperature Sensor Wiring
(PIN 33ZCT56SPT)
T58 SENSOR
CCN
24 VAC
BLACK (-) ..... /Z_
_\-_\_\ \ .... WHITE (GND)- - - _--)
CCN
COM
\ - - BLACK (-) .....
\
\ - - WHITE (GND)- - - CCN
COM
- - RED (+)-
LEGEND
-- Carrier Comfort Network
Fig. 33 -- 1"-58Communicating Space
Temperature Sensor Wiring
83
TB2-T55
] RED
] BLK
TO MAIN
BASE BOARD
RED RED
I BLK BLK
I I
,I _I_ RED -_
BLK I
r
? U
SENSOR 1 SENSOR 2
7
I
I
IRED
BLK I
r
J U
SENSOR3 SENSOR4
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING -- 4 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION
TB
TB2-T55
[]
[]
TO MAIN
BASE BOARD
LEGEND
-- Terminal Block
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
RED
BLK
RED RED
-_ BLK BLK I
I SENSOR I SENSOR 2 SENSOR 3
_,Ii2
II
,_ RED RED
4
_ SENSOR 4 SENSOR 5 SENSOR 6
_i i_
il RED RED
IL==@ -0
L= = BLK BLK I
SENSOR 7 SENSOR 8 SENSOR 9
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING -- 9 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION
Fig. 34 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging
TB2-T55
] RED
] BLK
TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD
TB2-T55
[]
TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD
I
,1=4D
wJ
T-55 SENSOR 1
RED RED
BLK BLK
RED
BLK L
T-55 SENSOR 2
1
I
i
I
J
T-55 SENSOR 3
RED
BLK
WHT
Fig. 35 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging with 3 T-55 Sensors and One T-56 Sensor
84
SERVICE
Before performing smTice or ruaintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
Puron,_R)(R-410A) reliigerant systems operate at higher
pressures than standard R-22 systerus. Do not use R-22
service equipruent or coruponents on Puron refi-igerant
equipruent. If service equipment is not rated for Puron
reti-igerant, equipment dmnage or personal injury may
result.
1. hnproper installation, adjustruent, alteration, service,
or ruaintenance can cause property daruage, personal
injury, oi loss of li*_.Refer to the User's Int_nnation
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flmrunabte
vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any
phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier fioru a neigh-
bor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas suppliel; call the fire
departruent.
This will make cleaning eftbrts more difficult. Surfi_ce loaded
fibers must be completely removed prior to using low velocity
clean water rinse.
Periodic Clean Water Rinse A periodic clean water rinse is
very beneficial for coils that axe applied in coastal or industrial
environruents. However, it is very iruportant that the water
rinse is made with very low velocity water streaan to avoid
daruaging the tin edges. Monthly cleaning as desca-ibedbelow
is recoruruended.
Routine Cleanin_ of Coil Surfaces Monthly cleaning with
Totaline,oR)enviropanentally sound coil cleaner is essential to
extend the life of coils. This cleaner is available fioru Carrier
Replaceruent parts division as part nuruber P902-0301 for a
one gallon container, and part nuruber P902-0305 tbr a 5 gallon
container. It is recolrunended that all coils, including standard
aluruinuru, pre-coated, copper/copper or E-coated coils be
cleaned with the Totatine enviropanentally sound coil cleaner
as described belo,a: Coil cleaning should be part of the unit's
regularly scheduled ruaintenance procedures to ensure tong lil_
of the coil. Failure to clean the coils may result in reduced du-
rability in the enviropanent.
Avoid the use of:
•coil brighteners
• acid cleaning prior to painting
• high pressure washers
• poor quality water t\_r cleaning
Totaline environruentally sound coil cleaner is non-flmruna-
ble, hypoatlergenic, nonbacterial, and a USDA accepted biode-
gradable agent that will not harm the coil or surrounding com-
ponents such as electrical wiring, painted metal surthces, or in-
snlation. Use of non-recolrunended coil cleaners is strongly
discouraged since coil and unit durability could be affected.
Tolaline Envitvnmemally So_md Coil (Teaner Application
Eql lip174el) t
• 2t/z gallon garden sprayer
• water rinse with low velocity spray nozzle
Disconnect gas piping tioru unit when pressure testing at
pressure reeater than 0.5 psig. Pressures re'eater than
0.5 psig will cause gas valve &nnage resulting in hazardous
condition. If gas valve is snbjected to pressure reeater than
0.5 psig, it must be replaced before use. When pressure
testing field-supplied gas piping at pressures of 0.5 psig or
less, a unit connected to such piping must be isolated by
closing the ruanual gas valve(s).
Cleaning -- Inspect unit interior at beDnning of each heat-
ing and cooling season and as operating conditions require. Re-
move unit top panel and/or side panels tbr access to unit interior.
COIL MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING RECOMMEN-
DATION Routine cleaning of coil surfaces is essential to
ruaintain proper operation of the unit. Elimination of contami-
nation and removal of harmful residues will reearly increase
the life of the coil and extend the life of the unit. The following
ruaintenance and cleaning procedures are recolrnnended as
part of the routine ruaintenance activities to extend the life of
the coil.
Remove Surface Loaded Fibers Surthce loaded fibers or
dirt should be reruoved with a vacuuru cleaner. If a vacuum
cleaner is not available, a soft non-ruetallic bristle brash may
be used. hi either case, the tool should be applied in the direc-
tion of the tins. Coil surfaces can be easily daruaged (tin edges
can be easily bent over and daruage to the coating of a protect-
ed coil) if the tool is applied across the fins.
NOTE: Use ofa ,a_aterstrearu, such as a garden hose, against a
surface loaded coil wilt drive the fibers and dirt into the coil.
Harsh cheruicals, household bleach or acid or basic clean-
ers should not be used to clean outdoor or indoor coils of
any kind. These cleaners can be very difficult to rinse out
of the coil and can accelerate corrosion at the fin/tube inter-
face where dissimilar materials are in contact. If there is
dirt below the surface of the coil, use the Totatine,_R_envi-
ropanentally sound coil cleaner as described above.
! , •
High velocity ,a_atertioru a pressure ,a_asher,garden hose,
or corupressed air should never be used to clean a coil. The
force of the water or air jet will bend the tin edges and
increase airside pressure drop. Reduced unit performance
or nuisance unit shutdown may occur.
Tomline Environmentally Sound Coil Cleaner Application
Inslmtctions
1. Proper eye protection such as safety glasses is recoru-
mended during mixing and application.
2. Remove all surface loaded fibers and dirt with a vacuum
cleaner as desca-ibedabove.
3. Thoroughly wet finned surfaces with clean water and a
low velocity garden hose, being careful not to bend fins.
4. Mix Totaline enviropanentally sound coil cleaner in a
21/2gallon garden sprayer according to the instructions
included with the cleaner. The optimum solution temper-
ature is 100 F.
85
NOTE:DoNOTUSEwaterinexcessof 130F,astheenzy-
maticactivitywillbedestroyed.
5. ThoroughlyapplyTotalineenviropanentaltyscumcoil
cleanersolutiontoallcoilsurfacesincludingfinnedarea,
tubesheetsandcoilheaders.
6. Holdgardensprayernozzleclosetofinnedareasandap-
plycleanerwithavertical,up-and-downmotion.Avoid
sprayinginhorizontalpatterntominimizepotentialfor
findamage.
7. Ensurecleanerthoroughlypenetratesdeepintofinned
areas.
8. Interiorandexteriorfinnedareasmustbethoroughly
cleaned.
9. Finnedsurfacesshouldremainwetwithcleaningsolution
for10minutes.
10.Ensuresurfacesaxenotallowedtodrybeforerinsing.Re-
applyingcleanerasneededto ensure10-minutesatura-
tionisachieved.
11.Thoroughlyrinseallsurfaceswithlowvelocitycleanwa-
terusingdownwardrinsingmotionofwaterspraynozzle.
Protectfinsfiomdamagefiomthespraynozzle.
CONDENSATEDRAIN Checkandcleaneachyearatthe
startofthecoolingseason.Anaccesspanelislocatedabovethe
condensateconnectiontoalloweasycleanoutoftheconden-
satepan.Thefirsttimethepanelisremoved,theinsulationbe-
hindtheaccesspanelwillneedtobecutaway.Carefullycut
theinsulationwithaknifeorbladeonthreesidessotheinsula-
tioncanbefoldedoutofthewayduringcleaning.Becareful
nottodamagecomponentsbehindtheinsulationwhilecutting.
Oncecleaningiscompleted,foldtheinsulationbackintoplace
andsecuretheaccesspanelintheoriginalposition.
FILTERS Cleanorreplaceatstartofeachheatingandcool-
ingseason,ormoreoftenif operatingconditionsrequire.Refer
tounitinstallationinstructionsfortypeandsize.
OUTDOOR-AIRINLETSCREENSCleanscreenswith
steamorhotwaterandamilddeteNent.Donotusethrowaway
filtersinplaceofscreens.Seeunitinstallationinstructionsfor
quantityandsize.
MAINBURNER(48PGOnly) At thebeginningof each
heatingseason,inspectfordeteriorationorblockageduetocor-
rosionorothercauses.Observethemainburnertlmnes.Refer
toMainBurnerssectiononpage91.
FLUEGASPASSAGEWAYS(48PGOnly) Thetluecol-
lectorboxandheatexchangercellsmaybeinspectedby
removingheatsectionaccesspanel(Fig.5),tlueboxcover,and
mainburnerassembly(Fig.36).RefertoMainBurnerssection
onpage91forburnerremovalsequence.If cleaningisre-
qnired,cleantubeswithawirebrush.
Usecautionwithcermnicheatexchangerbaffles.Whenin-
stallingretainingclip,besurethecenterlegoftheclipextends
inwardtowardbaffle.SeeFig.37.
COMBUSTION-AIRBLOWER(48PGOnly) Cleanpe-
riodicallytoassureproperairflowandheatingeffidenc3_In-
spectblowerwheeleverytallandperiodicallyduringheating
season.Forthefirstheatingseason,inspectblowerwheelbi-
monthlytodeterminepropercleaningfiequency.
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat section panel. Using
an inspection mirror and llashlight, look into the tlue exhaust
duct to inspect the wheel. If cleaning is required, relnove motor
and wheel assembly by removing the screws holding the flue
box cover to the tlue box. See Fig. 36. Rmnove the screws hold-
ing the inducer housing to the inlet plate. The wheel can then be
relnoved from the motor shaft and cleaned with a detergent or
solvent. Replace the wheel onto the motor shaft in the correct
position and reassmnble the tlue cover onto the tlue box.
HEAT
EXCHANGER
SECTION
IGC BOARD
(HIDDEN)
COMBUSTION
FAN HOUSING
INDUCED
DRAFT
MOTOR
MAI N GAS
VALVE
MAIN BURNER
SECTION
160 -- Integrated Gas Controller
Fig. 36 -- Typical Gas Heating Section
CERAMIC
BAFFLE
CLIP
NOTE: One baffle and clip will be in each upper tube of the heat
exchanger.
Fig. 37 -- Removing Heat Exchanger Ceramic
Baffles and Clips
Lubrication
COMPRESSORS Each compressor is charged with the
correct amount ofoit at the thctory.
The compressor is in a Puron,¢9reliigerant system and uses
a polyolester (POE) oil. This oil is extremely hygroscopic,
meaning it absorbs water readily. POE oils can absorb
15 times as much water as other oils desiNled for HCFC
and CFC refrigerants. Avoid exposure of the oil to the
atmosphere. Damage to components could result.
Polyolester (POE) compressor lubricants are known to
cause long term damage to some synthetic roofing materials.
Exposure, even if ilrnnediately cleaned up, may cause roofing
materials to become brittle (leading to cracking) within a
year. When pertbnning any service which may risk exposure of
compressor oil to the root; take appropriate precautions to
protect roofing. Procedures which risk oil leakage include com-
pressor replacement, repairing refrigerant leaks, and replacing
refrigerant components. To prepare rooftop:
1. Cover extended roof work area with an impermeable
plastic dropctoth or tarp. Make sure a 10x 10area around
the work area is covered.
86
2. Coverareaintiontoftheunitservicepanelwithaterry
clothshoptoweltoabsorblubricantspillsandprevent
run-oft;.Towelwilt alsoprotectdropclothfiomtears
causedbytoolsorcomponents.
3. Placeterryclothshoptowelinsidetheunitdirectlyunder
componentstobeservicedtopreventspillsthroughthe
bottomoftheunit.
4. Performtherequiredservice.
5. Removeanddisposeofanyoilcontalninatedmaterialper
localcodes.
FANSHAFTBEARINGS Lubricatebearingsatleastev-
ery6lnonthswithsuitablebearing_ease.Typical lubricants
are _ven below:
MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT
Texaco Regal AFB-2*
Mobil Mobilptex EP No. 1
Sunoco Prestige 42
Texaco Multifak 2
*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.
FAN MOTOR BEARINGS Fan motor bearings are of the
pennanently lubricated type. No field lubrication is required.
No lubrication of the condenser or evaporator lnotors are
required.
Manual Outdoor Air Damper-- If manual outdoor
air damper blade adjustment is required, refer to unit Installa-
tion Instructions.
Economizer Adjustment -- Ifeconolnizer adjustment
is required, refer to unit Installation Instructions.
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement -- The
48/50PG units t_ature a slide-out fan deck tbr easy servicing of
the indoor-tan motor, pulleys, belt, and bearings. To service
components in this section, pertbnn the following procedure:
1. Turn offunit power.
2. Open the tan section access panel.
3. Remove three no. 10 screws at tiont of slide-out tan deck.
Save screws. See Fig. 38.
4. Disconnect the limit switch wires located on the right side
of the tan deck (48PG only). Other wires do not need to
be disconnected.
5. Fan deck can now be slid out to access serviceable
components.
DO NOT SLIDE FAN DECK OUT PAST THE STOP
BRACKET. If further access is required, the fan deck must
be supported. Make sure plugs and wiring are not pinched
between tan housing and unit center post. Damage to unit
may result.
6. To replace tan deck to operating position, slide Pan deck
back into the unit. Secure with the three no. 10 screws
relnoved in Step 3.
7. Re-attach electrical plugs and wires.
8. Close fan section access door.
9. Restore power to unit.
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment
(Fig. 38 and 39) -- Fan motor pulleys are factory set
for speed shown in Table 57.
To change Panspeeds:
1. Shut offunit power supply.
2. Loosen nuts on the 4 can-iage bolts in the mounting base.
Using adjusting bolts and plate, slide motor and remove
belt.
3. Loosen movable-pulley flange setscrew (see Fig. 39).
4. Screw movable flange toward fixed flange to increase
speed and away fioln fixed flange to decrease speed.
Increasing fan speed increases load on motor. Do not
exceed maxilnum speed specified in unit Installation
Instructions.
See Tables 27 and 28 for air quantity limits.
5. Set movable flange at nearest keyway of pulley hub and
tighten setscrew. (See Tables 33 and 34 for speed change
tbr each full turn of pulley flange.)
6. Replace and tighten belts (see Evaporator Fan Belt
Tension Adjustment section below).
7. Restore power to unit.
To align tan and motor pulleys:
1. Loosen fan pulley setscrews.
2. Slide tan pulley along Panshaft.
3. Make angular alignment by loosening motor tioln
mounting plate.
MOTOR
FAN - PULLEY
PULLEY" (HIDDEN)
-MOTOR
LiMiT
SWITCH
Qt
CONNECT
(48PG ONLY)
MOUNTING
-BASE
SLIDE-OUT
FAN DECK
Fig. 38 -- Evaporator-Fan Motor Adjustment
PULLEY
PULLEY
STRAIGHTEDGE MUST
WITH BELT
MOTOR AND FAN
SHAFTS MUST BE
PARALLEL
MOVABLE
FLANGES
SETSCREWS_
FIXED FLANGES
SINGLE-GROOVE
Fig. 39 -- Evaporator-Fan Alignment and
Adjustment
87
Evaporator Fan Belt Tension Adjustment -- To
adjust belt tension:
1. Turn offunit power.
2. Slide out fan deck to service position as shown in Evapo-
rator Fan Service and Replacement section above.
3. Loosen tan motor bolts.
4. Move motor mounting plate to adjust to proper belt ten-
sion. See Table 57. Motor adjuster bolts may be used to
tighten belts. See Fig. 38.
5. Check for proper belt aligmnent. Adjust if necessary.
6. Tighten motor mounting plate bolts to lock motor in
proper position.
7. Return tan deck back into operating position.
8. Restore power to unit.
Condenser-Fan Adjustment (Fig. 40)
1. Shut off unit power supply.
2. Relnove coMenser-fan assembly (gille, motor, motor
cover, and tan) and loosen tan hub setscrews.
3. Adjust tan height as sho,an in Fig. 40.
4. Tighten setscrews and replace condenser4hn asselnbly.
5. Turn on power to unit.
Fig. 40 -- Condenser-Fan Adjustment
Verify Sensor Performance -- Verit) that thermistor,
transducer, and switch inputs (see Tables 50-52) are reading
correctly. These values can be accessed through the Scrolling
Marquee display in the Temperatures, Pressures, and Inputs
menus. Some values will depend on configuration choices.
Refer to the Control Set Up Checklist completed for the
specific unit installation and to the configuration tables in
Appendix A.
Economizer Operation During Power Fail-
ure -- Dampers have a spring return. In event of power fail-
ure, dalnpers will return to fully closed position until power is
restored. Do not mamtally operate damper motol:
Evacuation -- Proper evacuation of the system will re-
move noncondensables and ensure a tight, dry system before
charging. Evacuate fiom both high and low side ports. Never
use the system compressor as a vacuum pump. Refiigerant
tubes and indoor coil should be evacuated to 500 microns.
Always break a vacuum with dry nitrogen. The _vo possible
methods are the deep vacuum method and the triple evacuation
method.
DEEP VACI__YMMETHOD The deep vacuum method
requires a vacumn pump capable of pulling a minilnum vacu-
um of 500 microns and a vacuum gage capable of accurately
measuring this vacuum depth. The deep vacuum method is the
most positive way of assuring a system is fiee of air and liquid
water. (See Fig. 41.)
Table 57 -- Belt Tension Adjustment
BELT TENSION (Ib)
48PG VOLTAGE Unit Model Number Position 10
A,J B,K C,L D,M E,N F,P G,Q H,R
230 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 NA 4.7 5.0 5.5
20 460 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 NA 4.7 5.0 5.5
575 5.3 5.1 5.6 4.5 NA 5.2 5.0 5.5
230 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 NA 4.7 5.0 5.5
24 460 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 NA 4.7 5.0 5.5
575 5.3 5.1 5.6 4.5 NA 5.2 5.0 5.5
230 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5
28 460 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5
575 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5
BELT TENSION (Ib)
50PG VOLTAGE Unit Model Number Position 10
A,J B,K C,L D,M E,N F,P G,Q H,R
230 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5
20 460 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5
575 5.3 5.1 5.6 4.5 5.3 5.1 5.6 4.5
230 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5
24 460 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.6 4.5
575 5.3 5.1 5.6 4.5 5.3 5.1 5.6 4.5
230 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5
28 460 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5
575 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5 4.5 5.4 5.9 4.5
88
5OOO
45OO
4OOO
35OO
3000
o 2500
2000
1500
1000
5OO
LEAK IN
VACUUM TIGHT
TOO WET
TIGHT
DRY SYSTEM
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MINUTES
Fig. 41 -- Deep Vacuum Graph
TRIPLE EVACUATION METHOD The triple evacumion
method should only be used when vacuum pump is capable of
pumping down to 28 in. of mercury and system does not con-
tain any liquid ,a_ater.Proceed as follows:
1. Pump system down to 28 in. of mercury and allow pump
to continue operating for an additional 15minutes.
2. Close service valves and shut off vacuum pump.
3. Connect a nitrogen cylinder and regulator to system and
open until system pressure is 2 psig.
4. Close service valve and allow system to stand for 1 hr.
During this time, dry nitrogen will be able to diffuse
throughout the system, absorbing moisture.
5. Repeat this procedure. System will then contain minimal
amounts of contmninants and water vapor.
Refrigerant Charge -- Amount of refrigerant charge is
listed on unit nameplate. Refer to Carrier GTAC II; Module 5;
ChaNing, Recovery, Recycling, and Reclmnation section for
charNng methods and procedures. Unit panels must be in place
when unit is operating during charging procedure.
Puron_r9(R-410A) refrigerant cylinders contain a dip tube
which allows liquid refiigerant to flow tiom the cylinder in an
upright position. ChaNe units with cylinder in the upright
position and a colrnnercial type metering device in the mani-
fold hose.
TO USE THE COOLING CHARGING CHART, STAN-
DARD UNITS Use the above temperature and pressure
readings, and find the intersection point on the cooling chaN-
ing chart. If intersection point on chart is above line, add refiig-
erant. If intersection point on chart is below line, carefully re-
cover some of the charge. Recheck suction pressure as charge
is adjusted.
CHARGING CHART (ALL CIRCUITS)
ALL OUTDOORFANS MUST BE OPERATING
150 ?00 _50 SO0 aS0 Io0 IS0 500 550
Liquid Pressure el Liqu{d V0{_e, [psig]
qq
H
H
H
H
'1!
Fig. 42 -- Charging Chart -- 48/50PG20 --
Standard Unit
CHARGING CHART
ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING
Liquid Pressure at Liquid Valve, [psig]
This system uses Puron refi'igerant which Ms higher
pressures than R-22 and other refiigerants. No other refrig-
erant may be used in this system. Gage set, hoses, and
recovery system must be desigqed to handle Puron refrig-
erant. If unsure about equipment, consult the equipment
manuthcturer.
NOTE: Do not use recycled refiigerant as it may contain
contaminants.
NO CHARGE Use standard evacuating techniques. After
evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refiiger-
ant (refer to unit nameplate).
NOTE: System chmge for units with Humidi-MiZer TM system
is greater than the system charge of the standard unit.
LOW CHARGE COOLING Using cooling chmging chart
(see Fig. 42-45), add or relnove refiigerant until conditions of the
chart are met. An accurate pressure gage and telnperature-
sensing device are required. Charging is accomplished by
ensuring the proper amount of liquid subcooling. Measure liquid
line pressure at the liquid line service valve using pressure gage.
Connect telnperature sensing device to the liquid line near the
liquid line service valve and insulate it so that outdoor ambient
temperature does not affect reading.
Fig. 43 -- Charging Chart -- 48/50PG20 --
Unit with Humidi-MiZeW MSystem
CHARGING CHART (ALL CIRCUITS)
ALL OUTDOORFANS MUST BE OPERATING
_so 2oo 25o sou &5o _oo aso 500 sso 6oo
Liquid Pressure o_ Liquid Volve, [psig}
Fig. 44 -- Charging Chart -- 48/50PG24 -- Standard
Unit and Unit with Humidi-MiZeW MSystem
89
CHARGING CHART (ALL CIRCUITS)
ALL OUTDOORFANS MUST BE OPERATING
IIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIB,I, IIIII
IIIIIII IIIIIIUb lllllllllll
IIIIIII 134,t1111111111111111111
IIIIIII. 71111111111...........................
III,b IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Illllll IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
II................IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
lse 2oo _5o 3oo }so _oo _se soo
Liquid PressuI_ oi Liquid VoEv¢, [psig]
PG2s
55o 6_o
Fig. 45 -- Charging Chart-- 48/50PG28-- Standard
Unit and Unit with Humidi-MiZer TM System
The TXV (thermostatic expansion valve) is set to maintain
between 10 and 15 degrees of superheat at tile compressors.
The valves are thctory set and cannot be adjusted. Do not use
an R-22 TX_
NOTE: All circuits must be running in normal cooling mode.
Indoor airflow must be within specified air quantity limits for
cooling (see Tables 27 and 28). All outdoor i_mlsmust be on
and running at high speed. If outdoor temperature is b,a; this
may require a temporary change in unit wiring.
TO USE THE COOLING CHARGING CHARTS, UNITS
WITH HUMIDI-MIZER ADAPTIVE DEHUMIDIFICA-
TION SYSTEM
NOTE: All circuits must be running in normal cooling mode.
Indoor airflow must be within specified air quantity limits for
cooling (see Tables 27 and 28). All outdoor l_mlsmust be on
and running at high speed. Use the Cooling Service Test Out-
door Fan function (Setwice Test_COOL _OEO! 0 to start all
outdoor tiros. If the outdoor temperature is lo,a; the Motonnas-
ter,¢_)outdoor tan control device may need to be telnporarity
bypassed by rewiring the power leads to obtain full speed.
Be sure unit is in normal cooling mode by checking that the
RH2 solenoid coil(s) and the CRC relay are deeneigized
(control outputs ofl). Adjust chaise per the chaNing charts as
described in the To Use The Cooling Charging Charts,
Standard Unit section on page 89. Switch system to run in the
dehumidification mode for 5 minutes. Dehumidification 1node
is when the RH2 solenoid coil(s) and the CRC relay are
energized. Switch back to cooling 1node to recheck pressures
and temperatures on the charging chart and adjust charge if
necessary. If chaise adjustment is necessary, then repeat the
steps in this para_aph until no chaNe adjustment is necessary.
When no more charge adjustment is necessary after switching
tioln Dehumidification 1node back to Cooling mode, then
charge adjustment procedure is complete. Remove jumper
tiom the outdoor motor speed controller.
PURON@ REFRIGERANT Puron refi-igerant operates at
50 to 70 percent higher pressures than R-22. Be sure that
servicing equiplnent and replacelnent components are desiNled
to operate with Puron refrigerant. Do not mix with colnponents
that have been used with other reliigerants. Puron reiiigerant,
as with other HFCs, is only colnpatible with POE oils.
Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig.
Puron systems should be charged with liquid refiigerant. Use a
comlnercial-type metering device in the manifold hose. Mani-
fold sets should be 750 psig high-side and 200 psig low-side
with 520 psig tow-side retard. Use hoses with 750 psig selwice
pressure rating. Leak detectors should be designed to detect
HFC refiigerant.
Gas Valve Adjustment (48PG Only)
NATURAL GAS The gas valve opens and closes in re-
sponse to the therlnostat or limit control.
When power is supplied to vane terminals W2 (High Fire)
and C 1,the main valve opens to its preset position.
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body.
The setting is 3.00 in. wg for vertical supply/discharge units.
The setting is 2.95 in. wg for horizontal supply/discharge units.
To adjust regulator:
1. Set unit at setting forno call forheat.
2. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Relnove l/s-in, pipe plug tiom manifold or gas valve
pressure tap connection. Install a suitable pressure-
measuring device.
4. Set main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat.
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw
(See Fig. 46).
7. Turn adjustment screw cloclcwise to increase pressure or
countercloclcwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit setting
for no call t\_r heat, turn off main gas valve, remove
pressure-measuring device, and replace t/8-in, pipe
plug and screw cap.
High Altitude (48PG Only) -- For high altitude appli-
cations _eater than 2000 ft the heat input rate should be
reduced. The higher the altitude is above sea level, the less
oxygen is in the air. See Table 58 for orifice sizing. A high alti-
tude kit is available to convert unit for attitudes up to 7,000 ft.
2 LEADS, #18 WIRE 1/32 INSULATION,
6OOV. MAX., 105°C
INLET PRESSURE TAP
(PLUGGED)
1/8 - 27 N.P.T. THDS.
REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENTSCREW
REMOVE COVER)
OUTLET PRESSURE
TAP (PLUGGED)
1/8-27 N.P.T. THDS.
RT O Po OL A ,NA
_ TERMINAL
"@_) '%-PILOT CONNECTION
FOR 1/4" O.D TUBING
(PLUGGED)
RECEPTACLE TERMINAL
Fig. 46 -- Gas Valve (48PG Only)
90
Main Burners (48PG Only) -- For all applications,
main burners are ti_ctory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL
1. Shut off (field-supplied) lnanual main gas vatve.
2. Shut offpower to unit.
3. Remove gas section access panel.
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
5. Remove wires tiom gas valve.
6. Remove wires tioln rolbut switch.
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable fiom IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing lnanifold bracket to basepml.
9. Remove 2 screws that hold the burner asselnbty to vesti-
bule plate.
10. Lift bumer/mmlifold assembly out of unit.
CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT
1. Relnove burner rack tiom unit as descTibed in Main
Burner Relnoval section above.
2. Inspect burners, and if dirty, remove burners tiom rack.
3. Using a soft brush, clean burners and crossover port as
required.
4. Adjust spark gap. See Fig. 47.
5. Reinstall burners on rack.
6. Reinstall burner rack as descTibed above.
ii
ii
ii
I _ /SEE DETAIL "C"
I I
I I i , i
.......'ij _ ........................! _% .........................S°_ ........................._ .........................-% ........................ _ ' _ - [
ii i::
,, o .,o
SPARK GAP .120" TO A40"
--_] _K GAP .181"
!1-,-_:
tL!L :---:
DETAIL "C"
Fig. 47 -- Spark Gap Adjustment (48PG Only)
Table 58 -- Altitude Compensation -- 48PG20-28
NATURAL GAS PROPANE GAS
ELEVATION
(ft)
0-1,999
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
NATURAL GAS ORIFICE SIZEt
Low Heat
(D,L)
29
29
3O
3O
3O
3O
31
3!
3!
32
Medium Heat High Heat
(E,M) (F,N)
30 29
30 29
31 30
31 30
31 30
31 30
32 31
32 31
32 31
33 32
*As the height above sea level increases, there is less oxygen per
cubic foot of air. Therefore, heat input rate should be reduced at
higher altitudes. Includes a 4% input reduction per each 1000 ft.
1-Orifices available through your Carrier dealer.
ELEVATION
(ft)
0-1,999
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
PROPANE GAS ORIFICE SlZEt
Low Heat
(D,L)
35
36
36
37
37
38
39
40
41
42
Medium Heat High Heat
(E,M) (F,N)
38 35
39 36
39 36
40 37
40 37
4! 38
42 39
43 40
44 41
45 42
*As the height above sea level increases, there is less oxygen per
cubic foot of air. Therefore, heat input rate should be reduced at
higher altitudes. Includes a 4% input reduction per each 1000 ft.
1-Orifices available through your Carrier dealer.
91
Filter Drier -- Replace whenever ref-igerant system is ex-
posed to atmosphere. Only use factory specified liquid-line
tilter driers with working pressures no less than 650 psig. Do
not install a suction-line ftter drier in liquid line. A liquid-line
flter drier designed for use with Puron,_R)refi-igerant is required
for ca& circuit.
Protective Devices
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
Overcu_rrent Each compressor has internal line break motor
protection.
Overtemperature Each compressor has an intemal protector
to protect it against excessively high dischmge gas temperatures.
Hi_h-Pressure Switch If the high-pressure switch trips, the
compressor will shut down and the currem sensor will not
detect current. See the Current Sensor section below for more
information.
Current Sensor (CS) The purpose of the CS is to detect
losses in compressor power. After detecting a loss in compres-
sor power, unit control locks out the compressor for 15 min-
utes. After 15 minutes, the alarm will automatically reset. If
this atann occurs 3 times consecutively, the compressor will re-
main locked out until an alarm reset is initiated via CCN or
manually via the Scrolling Marquee display (see Atanns and
Alerts section on page 54 for more details).
EVAPORATOR FAN MOTOR PROTECTION A manu-
at reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker protects
against overcurrent. Do not bypass connections or increase the
size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and
correct itbefore resetting the breaker.
CONDENSER-FAN MOTOR PROTECTION Each
condenser-fro1 motor is internally protected against
overtemperature.
Fuses are also located in the control box and teed power to
the condenser fan motors. Always replace blown fuses with the
correct size fuse as indicated on the unit fuse label.
SATURATED SUCTION PRESSURE (SSP) If the SSP
for a particular circuit is reading below the alarm set point for
an extended period of time, that circuit wilt be shut down. After
15 minutes, the atann will automatically reset. If this alarm
occurs 3 times consecutively, the circuit will remain locked out
until an alarm reset is initiated via CCN or manually via the
Scrolling Marquee display (see Alarms and Alerts section on
page 54 for more details).
Relief Devices -- All units have relief devices to protect
against d,'unage tiom excessNe pressures (i.e., fire). These
devices protect the high and low side and are located at the suc-
tion line service port. Protect joint during brazing operations
near joint.
Control Circuit, 24-V- Each control circuit is pro-
tected against overcurrent by a 3.2 amp circuit breaker.
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble
bel\)re resetting.
Replacement Parts -- A complete list of replacement
parts may be obtained tiom any Carrier distributor upon
request.
Diagnostic LEDs -- The IGC control board Ms a LED
for diagnostic purposes. See Heating Troubleshooting section
on page 60 for more information.
92
ITEM
RUN STATUS
VIEW
HVAC
OCC
SAT
ALRM
TIME
VERS
MBB
ECB
MARQ
HRS
A1
A2
B1
CI
CCH
IDF
OFC,1
OFC,2
OFC.3
HT,1
HT,2
PE,1
PE,2
ALRM
CRC
RH2,A
RH2.B
STRT
A1
A2
B1
CI
CCH
IDF
OFC,1
OFC,2
OFC.3
HT,1
HT,2
PE,1
PE,2
ALRM
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
MODE
SYS
HVAC
OCC
T.OVR
LINK
C.LOC
H.LOC
E,LOC
COOL
DMD,C
AVL.C
REQ.C
IDF
CCH
OFC,1
OFC,2
OFC,3
CRC
CIR.A
CMP, A
TG .A
CS.A1
CS.A2
RH2.A
SST.A
SSP.A
SCT.A
SCP.A
APPENDIX A--LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE -- RUN STATUS
EXPANSION
Auto View of Run Status
HVAC Mode Status
Currently Occupied
Supply Air Temperature
Current Alarms &Aterts
Time of Day
Software Version Numbers
CESR131320-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx
Component Run Hours
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor C1 Run Hours
Crankcase Heat Run Hours
Indoor Fan Run Hours
Outdoor Fan 1 Run Hours
Outdoor Fan 2 Run Hours
Outdoor Fan 3 Ran Hours
Heat Stage 1 Run Hours
Heat Stage 2 Run Hours
Power Exhaust1 Run Hours
Power Exhaust2 Run Hours
Alarm Relay Run Hours
Reheat1 Valve Run Hours
Reheat2 Valve A Run Hrs
Reheat2 Valve BC Run Hrs
Component Starts
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor C1 Starts
Crankcase Heat Starts
Indoor Fan Starts
Outdoor Fan 1 Starts
Outdoor Fan 2 Starts
Outdoor Fan 3 Starts
Heat Stage 1 Starts
Heat Stage 2 Starts
Power Exhaust1 Starts
Power Exhaust2 Starts
Alarm Retay Starts
Reheat1 Valve Starts
Reheat2 Vatve A Starts
Reheat2 Valve BC Starts
Control Modes
System Mode
HVAC Mode
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
Linkage Active
Circuit OAT Lockout
Heat OAT Lockout
Econo Cool OAT Lockout
Cooling Status
Cooling Demand
Available Cooting Stages
Requested Cooting Stages
Indoor Fan Relay
Crankcase Heat ReIay
Outdoor Fan 1 Relay
Outdoor Fan 2 Relay
Outdoor Fan 3 Relay
Cool >Reheat1 Control
Refrigerant Circuit A
Compressors A
Timeguard A
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Reheat2 Valve A
Sat Suction Temp A
Suction Pressure A
Sat Condenser Temp A
Condenser Pressure A
RANGE UNITS
1=Disabled
2=Fan Only
3=Cool
4=Heat
Yes/No
xxxx dF
xx
xx.xx hh.mm
xxxxx xx hours
xxxxx xx hours
xxxxx xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx xx hours
xxxxx xx hours
xxxxx xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
XXXXX.XX hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx.xx hours
xxxxx xx hours
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
1=Disabled
2=Enabled
3=Test
1=Off
2=Fan Only
3=Cool
4=Heat
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
XXXX
X
X
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
xxx
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
^F
sec
dF
psig
dF
psig
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
(VIEW = Display only)
VERSIONS
STRTHOUR
MODEDISP
COOLDISP
CCN
POINT
HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_C1
HR_CCH
HR_IDF
HR OFC 1
HR-OFC-2
HR OFC 3
HR-HTR_-I
HR_HTR 2
HR_PE_I-
HR PE 2
HR-ALM
HR_CRC
HR RH2 A
HR-RH2-B
ST A1
ST-A2
ST B1
ST-C1
ST-CCH
ST IDF
ST-OFC 1
ST OFC 2
ST OFC 3
ST HTR 1
ST HTR 2
ST PE 1
ST PE 2
ST ALM
ST-CRC
ST RH2 A
ST RH2 B
SYS_MODE
HVACMODE
OCCUPIED
MODETOVR
MODELINK
COMPLOCK
HEATLOCK
ECONLOCK
COOL DMD
AVLCS-TGS
REQCSTGS
IDF
CCH
OFC_I
OFC 2
OFC-3
CRC-
COMP A
TIMGD__A
CS A1
CS-A2
RH2 A
SST_-A
SSP A
SCT-A
SCP_A
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcibte
Forcibte
Forcible
WRITE
STATUS
Forcible
93
ITEM
RUN STATUS (cont)
COOL (cont)
CIR.B
CMP, B
TG.B
CS,B1
RH2.B
SST.B
SSP.B
SCT.B
SCP.B
CIR,C
CMP, C
TG.C1
CS.C1
RH2.C
SST.C
SSP.C
SCT.C
SCP.C
HEAT
DMD.H
AVL.H
REQ.H
IDF
HT.1
TG.H1
HT.2
TG.H2
ECON
EC.CP
EC.AP
EC.MP
IAQ.S
IAQ
OAT
ENTH
OAQ
PE,1
PE.2
(LON_DATA = CCN only)
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE- RUN STATUS (cont)
EXPANSION
Refrigerant Circuit B
Compressors B
Timeguard B
Compressor B1 Feedback
Reheat2 Valve B,C
Sat. Suction Temp B
Suction Pressure B
Sat. Condenser Temp B
Condenser Pressure a
Refrigerant Circuit C
Compressors C
Timeguard C
Compressor Cl Feedback
Reheat2 Valve B,C
Sat. Suction Temp C
Suction Pressure C
Sat. Condenser Temp C
Condenser Pressure C
Heating Status
Heating Demand
Available Heating Stages
Requested Heating Stages
Indoor Fan Relay
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 1 Timegaard
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Timeguard
Economizer Status
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Minimum Position in Effect
iAQ Levet (Switch)
IAQ Level (Sensor)
Outdoor Air Temperature
Outdoor Enthalpy Switch
OAQ Level (Sensor)
Power Exhaust 1 Retay
Power Exhaust 2 Relay
LON Communication Status
nviSpaceTemp
nviSetPoint
nvoSpaceTemp
nvoUnitStatus mode
nvoU nitStatus.heat_out_p
nvoUnitStatus.heat out s
nvoUnitStatus cool oat
nvoUnitStatus ecol_- out
nvoUnitStatus fan Jut
nvoU nitStatus in__larm
nviSetPtOffset
nviOutsideTemp
nviOutsideRH
nvoEffectSetPt
nvoOutsideTemp
nvoOutsideRH
CCN TABLE/
RANGE UNITS SUB-TABLE
On/Off
xxx
On/Off
On/Off
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
On/Off
xxx
On/Off
On/Off
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxxx
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
xxx
On/Off
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
High/Low
XXXX
XXX.X
High/Low
XXXX
On/Off
On/Off
XXXX
XXX.X
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXX
XXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXXX
XXXX
XXXXX
XXXX
sec
dF
psig
dF
psig
sec
dF
psig
dF
psig
^F
sec
sec
%
%
%
ppm
dF
ppm
dF
dF
dF
%
%
%
%
%
^F
dF
%
dF
dF
%
HEATDISP
ECONDISP
LON_DATA
CCN
POINT
COMP B
TIMGD- B
CS B1-
PHI B
SST-B
SSP_B
SCT B
SCP_B
COMP C
TIMGD- C
CS C1-
RH2_C
SST C
SSP-C
SCT-C
SCP_C
HEAT DMD
AVLHSTGS
REQHSTGS
IDF
HEAT 1
TIMGD H1
HEAT 2"
TIMGD_H2
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
MIN POS
IAQi-N
IAQ
CA TEMP
ENTHALPY
OAQ
PE_I
PE_2
NVLSPT
NVI SP
NVC7 SPT
NVO-MODE
NVO HPRI
NVO-HSEC
NVO-COOL
NVO ECON
NVO-FAN
NVO-ALRM
NVt SPTO
NVt-OAT
NVt-OARH
NVO EFSP
NVO-OAT
NVO-OARH
WRITE
STATUS
Forcible
Forcible
Forcibte
Forcibte
Forcibte
nviSpaceRH
nviCO2
nvoCO2
nvoTEMP1
nvoTEMP2
nviPCT1
nvoPCT1
nviDISCRETE1
nviDISCRETE2
nviDISCRETE3
nvoDISCRETE1
nvoDISCRETE2
nvoDISCRETE3
nciCO2Limit
nciSetPnts occupied_cool
nciSetPnts standby_cooI
nciSetPnts unoccupd_cool
nciSetPnts occupied_heat
nciSetPnts standby_heat
nciSetPnts unoccupd_heat
XXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Off/On
No/Yes
Off/On
Off/On
No/Yes
Off/On
xxxxx
xxxx
xxx.x
xxxx
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
dF
dF
%
%
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
NVLSPRH
NVI CO2
NV(5 CO2
NVO-SAT
NVO RAT
NVI RHSP
NVO SPRH
NVt FSD
NVt-OCC
NVt-tAQD
NVO FSD
NVO-OCC
NVO-IAQD
NCI_-CO2
NCI OCSP
NCI-SCSP
NCI-UCSP
NCI OHSP
NCI-SHSP
NCI-UHSP
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcibte
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
94
ITEM
SERVICE TEST
TES T
INDP
ECON
E.CAL
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
CCH
FANS
IDF
OFC.1
OFC.2
OFC.3
COOL
CMP.A
CMP.B
CMP.C
OF.OV
HMZR
RH1.A
RH1.B
RHI.C
RH2.A
RH2.B
RH2.C
CRC
RHV.A
RHV.B
HEAT
HT,1
HT.2
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- SERVICE TEST
EXPANSION
Field Service Test Mode
Test Independent Outputs
Economizer Position Test
Calibrate Economizer
Power Exhaust 1 Test
Power Exhaust 2 Test
Atarm Relay Test
Crankcase Heat Test
Test Fans
indoor Fan Test
Outdoor Fan 1 Test
Outdoor Fan 2 Test
Outdoor Fan 3 Test
Test Cooting
Cool A Test
Cool B Test
Cool C Test
Outdoor Fan Override
Test Hamidimizer
Reheat1 A Test
Reheat1 B Test
Reheat1 C Test
Reheat2 A Test
Reheat2 B Test
Reheat2 C Test
Cool ,Reheat1 Valve Test
Reheat2 Valve A Test
Reheat2 Valve B, C Test
Test Heating
Heat Stage 1 Test
Heat Stage 2 Test
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
On/Off Off
0 to 100 % 0
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
On/Off Off
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY
TESTINDP
TESTFANS
TESTCOOL
TESTHMZR
TESTHEAT
CCN
POINT
(TEST = display only)
S_ECONO
S_ECOCAL
SPE1
S-PE-2
S-ALMOUT
S_CCH
S_IDF
S_OFC_I
S OFC 2
SZOFCZ3
S_COMP A
S_COMP-B
S_COMP C
S_OFC_3-
S_RH1 A
S_RH1-B
S RH1 C
$2 RH2 A
S2-RH2-B
S2 RH2 C
S_CRC -
S_RH2 A
S_RH2-B
S_HEAT_I
S_HEAT_2
WRITE
STATUS
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
ITEM
TEMPERATURES
AIR.T
SAT
OAT
SPT
SPTO
RAT
REF. T
SST,A
SCT.A
SST.B
SCT.B
SST.C
SCT.C
MODE -- TEMPERATURES
EXPANSION
Air Temperatures
Supply Air Temperature
Outdoor Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Return Air Temperature
Refrigerant Temperatures
Sat Suction Temp A
Sat Condenser Temp A
Sat Suction Temp B
Sat Condenser Temp B
Sat Suction Temp C
Sat Condenser Temp C
RANGE UNITS
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UINPUT
CCN
POINT
SAT DISP
OA _-EMP
SPAC E_T
SPTO
RETURN_T
SST A
SCT-A
SST-B
SCT-B
SST-C
SCT_C
WRITE
STATUS
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
MODE -- PRESSURES
CCN WRITE
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT STATUS
PRESSURES
SSRA
SCRA
SSRB
SCRB
SSR C
SCRC
Refrigerant Pressures
Suction Pressure A
Condenser Pressure A
Suction Pressure B
Condenser Pressure a
Suction Pressure C
Condenser Pressure C
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UINPUT
SSP_A
SCP A
SSP-B
SCP-B
SSP_-C
SCP_C
P5
DISPLAY MENU/
SUB-MENU/NAME
SETPOINTS
OCSP
UCSP
OHSP
UHSP
GAP
STO.R
RH. SP
RH. DB
RH. HB
CA.LO
CB.LO
CC.LO
HT.LO
EH.LO
EL.LO
FC.LO
LCSP
HCSP
SAT.U
SAT.L
ITEM
INPUTS
STAT
Y1
Y2
WI
W2
G
GEN.I
FtL.S
FAN.S
FDWN
ENTH
RM,OC
HUM
CS.IN
CS,A1
CS.A2
CS,B1
CS.C1
AIR.Q
IAQ.S
IAQ
OAQ
SP.RH
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- SET POINTS
EXPANDED VALUES UNITS DEFAULT
NAME
Occupied Cool Setpoint 55 to 80 dF 78
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 75 to 95 dF 85
Occupied Heat Setpoint 55 to 80 dF 68
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40 to 80 dF 60
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap 2 to 10 dF 5
SPT Offset Range (+/-) 1 to 5 ^F 5
Space RH Setpoint 30 to 95 % 50
Space RH Deadband 2 to 20 % 5
Reheat Heat SP Deadband -5 to 5 ^F 2
Circuit A Lockout Temp 0 to 100 dF 0
Circuit B Lockout Temp 0 to 100 dF 0: no Humidi-Mizer
0: Humidi-Mizer
Circuit C Lockout Temp 0 to 100 dF 0
Heating Lockout Temp 40 to 125 dF 75
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit 40 to 100 dF 65
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit -30 to 50 dF 0
Free Cool Low Temp Limit -35 to 70 dF 50
Low Cool SAT Setpoint 55 to 75 dF 65
High Cool SAT Setpoint 50 to 70 dF 55
Minimum SAT Upper Level 35 to 65 dF 58 (20, 24)
53 (28)
Minimum SAT Lower Level 35 to 65 dF 48
CCNTABLE/
SUB-TABLE
SETPOINT CONFIGURATION
SET_PNT
CCN
NAME
ocsP
ucsP
OHSP
UHSP
HCSP GAP
SPTO_RNG
SPRH SP
SPRH-DB
RH HSPDB
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB
OATLCMPC
OATLHEAT
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
OATLUEFC
LCSASP
HCSASP
SATMIN_H
SATMIN_L
MODE -- INPUTS
EXPANSION
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat G Input
GeneraI Inputs
Filter Status Switch
Fan Status Switch
Fire Shutdown Switch
Outdoor Enthalpy Switch
Remote Occupancy Switch
Space Humidity Switch
Current Sensor Inputs
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor C1 Feedback
Air Quality inputs
IAQ LeveI (Switch)
IAQ Level (Sensor)
OAQ Level (Sensor)
Space Humidity Sensor
RANGE
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Dirty/Clean
On/Off
On/Off
High/Low
On/Off
High/Low
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
High/Low
xxxx
xxxx
xxx.x
UNITS
ppm
ppm
%
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UINPUT
CCN
POINT
Y1
Y2
Wl
w2
G
FILTSTAT
FAN STAT
FIRE-DOWN
ENTHALPY
REM OCC
H U M_STAT
cs A1
CS-A2
CS B1
CS-C1
IAQIN
IAQ
OAQ
SPRH
WRITE
STATUS
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
ITEM
OUTPUTS
FANS
IDF
OFC.1
OFC.2
OFC.3
COOL
CMP.A
CMP.B
CMP.C
CCH
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
HEAT
HT.1
HT.2
ECON
EC.CP
EC,AP
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
MODE -- OUTPUTS
EXPANSION
Fan Outputs
Indoor Fan Relay
Outdoor Fan 1 Relay
Outdoor Fan 2 Relay
Outdoor Fan 3 Relay
Coot Outputs
Circuit A Compressors
Circuit B Compressors
Circuit C Compressors
Crankcase Heat Relay
Cool >Reheat1 Control
Reheat2 Valve A
Reheat2 VaNe BC
Heat Outputs
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Economizer Outputs
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Power Exhaust 1 Relay
Power Exhaust 2 Relay
Alarm Relay
RANGE UNITS
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
0 to 100
0 to 100
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UOUTPUT
CCN
POINT
IDF
OFC_I
OFC 2
OFC-3
COMP A
COMP-B
COMP-C
CCH
CRC
RH2_A
RH2_B
HEAT 1
HEAT-2
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
PE_I
PE3
ALMOUT
WRITE
STATUS
Forcibte
Forcibte
Forcibte
ForcibIe
9d
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
DISP
METR
LANG
PROT
PSWD
TEST
UNIT
S.DLY
U.CTL
T.CTL
OC.FN
IDF, F
EC.EN
FN,SW
FL,SW
FS.SW
RM.SW
SAT.T
SAT.H
RAT.S
RH.S
RH.SW
TCS.C
TCS.H
COOL
N.CIR
N.A
MRT.C
MOT.C
RST.C
C.DEC
CJNC
FOD.C
DA.LO
CB.LO
CC.LO
ALM.N
SAT
SA.PD
SA.ND
SAT.U
SAT.L
SPT
CLPD
CLND
C.LAG
CIR,A
CS.A1
CS.A2
AI.FN
A2.FN
A3.FN
LEGEND
EXPANSION
Display Configuration
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enab]e
Service Password
Test Display LEDs
Unit Configuration
Start Up Delay
Unit Control Type
Thermostat Control Type
Fan On When Occupied
Shut Down on IDF Failure
Economizer Installed
Fan Status Switch
Filter Status Switch
Fire Shutdown Switch
Remote Occupancy Switch
SAT Settling Time
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
RAT Sensor On SPTO input
RH Sensor ON OAQ input
Space Humidity Switch
Tamp Crop Strt Cool Factr
Tamp Crop Strt Heat Factr
Cooling Configuration
Number of Circuits
Compressors on Circuit A
Compressor Min On Time
Compressor Min Off Time
Runtime to Reset Strikes
Cool Stage Decrease Rate
Cool Stage increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Tamp
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
On/Off Off
0=English O
1=Spanish
2=French
3=Portuguese
Enable/Disable Enable
9090 to 9999 1111
On/Off Off
O to 600
1=Auto Select
2=Thermostat
8=Space Sensor
0=Adaptive
1=1 Stage Y1
2=2 Stage Y1
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
O=No Switch
l=Normaily Open
2=Normally Closed
O=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normafly Closed
I 0 to 900
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Yes/No
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
Oto6O
Oto6O
1 to3
1 to2
120 to 999
300 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
O to 600
0to 1OO
0to 1OO
mins
mins
30
2
Yes
Yes
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
240
Disable
No
No
0: no Humidi-MiZer FlOP
1: HumidFMiZer FlOP
2
1
sac 180
sac 300
sec 300
sac 300
sac 450
60sec
dF g
dF 0: no Humidi-MiZer FlOP
HumidFMiZer FLOP:
CCN TABLEISUB-TABLE
SERVICE CONFIGURATION
DISPLAY
UNIT
COOL_CFG
CCN POINT
DiSPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS EBL
PASS_VORD
DtSPTEST
STARTDLY
CTL_TYPE
STATTYPE
OCC FAN
FATA[FAN
ECONO
FANSTCFG
FILSTCFG
SHTDNCFG
REMOCCFG
SAT_SET
SAT_HEAT
RAT_SPTO
RH_OAQ
HUMSTCFG
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
NUM CIRC
A COMPS
M_N_ON
MIN_OFF
MIN ON S
STAGEDEC
STAGEINC
COOL_FOD
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB
Circuit C Lockout Temp
Alert Each Strike
Supply Air Temperature
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level
SAT Cool Demand (-) Level
Minimum SAT Upper Level
Minimum SAT Lower Level
Space Temperature
SPT Cool Demand (+) Level
SPT Cool Demand (-) Level
Cool Thermal Lag Factor
Circuit A
A1 Current Sensing
A2 Current Sensing
0 to 100
Yes/No
0.5 to 10
-10 to -0.5
35.0 to 65.0
350 to 65.0
0.5 to 5
-5 to -05
Oto5
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
^F
^F
dF
dF
^F
^F
rain
o
o
Yes
1
-1
58
48
Disable (1-phase)
Enable (3-phase)
Disable
OATLCMPC
ALM_NOW
SAT_POS
SAT NEG
SAT_4iN_H
SATMiN_L
DEM_POS
DEM NEG
COO__LAG
AI_SENSE
A2 SENSE
A Circuit Level 1 Fans
A Circuit Level 2 Fans
A Circuit Level 3 Fans
0to7
0to7
0to7
1: No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
(20, 24)
5: No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
(28)
1: HumidFMiZer FlOP
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
Humidi-MiZer FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
3 (20, 24)
7(28)
HumidFMiZer FlOP
3
CIR_A_3
PAGE NO.
39
35, 39, 41,
43.47
38. 39, 41
39, 41, 43
40, 56
40.41
40. 56, 82
40, 82
38, 40
38, 40
40_ 42
40_ 44
40. 82
35. 38, 40,
47. 82
35, 38, 40,
47. 82
40. 51
40.41
56
56
41.42
41.42
4I, 42
41.42
FlOP -- Factory-lnstaNed Option
p?
ITEM I
CONFIGURATION (cont)
COOL (cont)
CIR, B
CS,B1
BI .FN
B2,FN
B3,FN
CIR.C
CS,C1
C1.FN
C2,FN
C3,FN
SST
SST, O
SST, I
SST,2
SST,3
OFC
OFC.3
0.MXP
I.MXP
2.MNP
2.ON
2.OFF
2.MXP
3.MNP
3.ON
3.OFF
LEGEND
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
EXPANSION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT CCN TABLE/SUB=TABLE
Circuit B
B1 Current Sensing
B Circuit Level 1 Fans
B Circuit Level 2 Fans
B Circuit Level 3 Fans
Circuit C
C1 Current Sensing
C Circuit Level 1 Fans
C Circuit Level 2 Fans
C Circuit Level 3 Fans
Low Suction Control
Suction OK Temperature
Low Suction -- Level 1
Low Suction -- Level 2
Low Suction -- Level 3
Outdoor Fan Control
OFC3 Enable. CCH Disable
Fan Lev0 Max Pressure
Fan Levl Max Pressure
Fan Lev2 Min Pressure
Fan Lev2 On Temperature
Fan Lev2 Off Temperature
Fan Lev2 Max Pressure
Fan Lev3 Min Pressure
Fan Lev3 on Temperature
Enable/Disable Enable
0 to 7 No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
4
HumidFMiZer FlOP
1
0 to 7 No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
6 (20)
2 (24, 28)
HumidFMiZer FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
Oto 7 No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
6
HumidFMiZer FlOP
3
Enable/Disable Disable
0to7 O
0to7
0to7
10 to 50 dF
I0 to 58 dF
5 to 58 dF
Oto 58 dF
18
2O
15
10
Fan Lev3 Off Temperature
Yes/No Yes
100 to 500 psig 200
100 to 500 psig 450
100 to 580 psig 280
8 to 100 F no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
55 (20)
45 (24-28)
HumidFMiZer FLOP:
68 (20)
61 (24)
61 (28)
0 to 100 F no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
50 (20)
40 (24-28)
HumidFMiZer FLOP:
57 (20)
57 (24)
57 (28)
100 to 580 psig 400
100 to 580 psig 250
0 to 100 F no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
65
HumidFMiZer FLOP:
88 (20)
68 (24)
68 (28)
0 to 180 F no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
55
HumidFMiZer FLOP:
78 (20)
62 (24)
62 (28)
LOW SUCTION CONTROL
OUTDOOR FAN CONTROL
CCN POINT
B1 SENSE
Cl_B_1
CIR_B_2
CIR_B_3
C1 SENSE
CI_C_l
CIR C 2
ClR-C-3
SSTOK
SSTLEV1
SSTLEV2
SSTLEV3
OFC3 CTL
LEVOMAXP
LEV1MAXP
LEV2MNP
LEV2ON
LEV2OFF
LEV2MAXP
LEV3MINP
LEV3ON
LEV3OFF
FlOP -- Factory-Installed Option
PAGE NO.
55
55
55
42
56
98
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM I EXPANSION
CONFIGURATION (cont)
HMZR HumJdimizer Config
REHT Humidimizer Equipped
R, DEC Reheat2 Stage Decr Time
R.INC Reheat2 Stage _ncr. Time
RH.FN Reheat Fan Control
RF, LV Reheat20DP Fan On Level
R_ON Reheat20DF Fan On Tamp
R,_OF
RA.LO
RA.LR
RA.HP
RB.LO
RB.LR
RB.HP
HEAT
HT.TY
N.HTR
MRT.H
MOT.N
H.DEC
H.INC
FOD.E
FOD.G
HT.LO
SAT.H
SPT
HT.PD
HT.ND
H.LAG
ECON
EC.EN
E.CTL
EC.MN
EC.MX
EH.LO
ELLO
UEFC
FC.TM
FC.LO
PE.EN
PE.'t
PE.2
EN.SW
Reheat20DF Fan Off Tamp
Reheat2 OAT Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit A
Reheat2 OAT Limit B, C
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit B, C
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit B, C
Heating Configuration
Type of Heat Installed
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
Yes/No No: no Humidi-MiZer FiOP
Yes: Humidi-MiZer FlOP
O to 999 secs 60
O to 999 secs 300
Yes/No Yes
0to3 2
O to 100 F 93 (20)
93 (24)
85 (28)
O to 100 F 83 (20)
88 (24)
80 (28)
20 to 70 F 40
50 to 100 ps!g 80
50 to 108 pslg 98
20 to 70 F 50
50 to 100 ps!g 80
50 to 100 pslg 90
E.TRV
E.MXB
E.MXM
E.MXT
E.DBD
EC.P
EC.I
EC.D
EC.DT
LEGEND
Number of Heat Stages
Heat MlNmum On Time
Heat Minimum Off Time
Heat Stage Decrease Rate
Heat Stage Increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Elect Heat
Fan-off Delay, Gas Heat
Heating Lockout Tamp
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
Space Temperature Sensor
SPT Heat Demand (+) Level
SPT Heat Demand (-) Level
Heat ThermN Lag Factor
Economizer Configuration
Economizer InstNled
Economizer Control Type
Econo Minimum Position
Econo Cool Max Position
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Unoccupied Free Cooling
Free Cool PreOcc Time
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Power Exhaust Installed
PE Stage1 Econo Position
PE Stage2 Econo Position
Enthalpy Switch
Economizer Travel Time
Bottom Stage Max Econo
Middle Stage Max Econo
Top Stage Max Econo
Economizer PID Deadband
Economizer PID -- kP
Economizer PID -- kt
Economizer PID -- kD
Economizer PiD -- rate
O = No Heat
= Gas
2 = Electric
to 2
60 to 999 sec
80 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
10 to 600 sec
45 to 600 sec
40 to 125 dF
EnaNe/DisaNe
0.5 to 5 ^P
-5 to -05 ^F
0 to 5 min
Yes/No
1=Digital, Position Feedback
2=Digital, Command Feedback
3=Analog Control
O to 100 %
O to 100 %
40 to 100 dF
-30 to 50 dF
O=DisaNed
l=Entire Unoccupied Period
2=PreOccupancy Time
to 9999 min
0 to 70 dF
Yes/No
10 to 100
10 to 100
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
5 to 300
O to 100
to 100
O to 100
0to25
00 to 99.9
00 to 99.9
0.0 to 99.9
100 to 180.0
sec
%
%
%
%
sec
sec
sec
sec
0 (50 series with no
electric heat)
1 (48 series)
2 (50 series with electric
heat)
1 (48 series 1-phase,
50 series <15kW)
2 (48 series 3-phase,
50 series >=15kW)
120
120
30O
45O
30
45
75
DisaNe
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
1
3O
100
65
0
2
120
5O
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
4O
75
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
15o
5o
35
25
3
2.5
01
1
15
CCN TABLE/SUB-TABLE
HMZR CFG
HEAT_CFG
ECON_CFG
CCN POINT
REHEAT
RSTAGDEC
RSTAGINC
RHFANCTL
RHFANLEV
RHFANON
RHFANOFF
OATLRH_A
RHSSPL_A
RHSSPH A
OATLRH
RHSSPL_B
RHSSPH_B
HEATTYPE
NUM_HEAT
HMIN_ON
HMIN_OFF
HSTAGDEC
HSTAGINC
ELEC FOD
GAS FOD
OAT_HEAT
SAT_HEAT
HDEM_POS
HDEM_NEG
HEAT_LAG
ECONO
ECON_CTL
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
OATLUEFC
PE_ENABL
PEI_POS
PE2 POS
ENT-HLCPG
ECONOTRV
ECONMAXB
ECONMAXM
ECONMAXT
ECONBAND
ECONO P
ECONO-I
ECONO_D
ECONO_DT
PAGE NO.
42, 47
47, 56
47
47
47, 56
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
42,44,82
42,44
42,44
43,44
43,44
44
43
42
44
44,82
36,45,57
44
44,45
45
45
45,82
FlOP -- Factory-lnstaNed Option
99
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM I EXPANSION
CONFIGURATION (cont)
AIR.Q Air Quality Configuration
IA.CF IAQ Analog input Config
IA.FN
ILCF
ILFN
AQ.MN
EC.MN
OVR.P
OA.CF
OAQ.L
AQD.L
AQD.H
DF.ON
DF.OF
1.4M
1.20M
O.4M
O.20M
H,4M
H,2OM
ALM.O
A.SPC
A.SRT
A.OAT
A.CS
A.CMP
A.CKT
A.SSP
A.SCT
A.FAN
A.FIL
A.TST
A.ECO
TRIM
SPT.C
SPT.T
SAT.C
SAT.T
RAT.C
RAT.T
CCN
CCN.A
CCN.B
BAUD
BROD
B.TIM
B.OAT
B.GS
B.ACK
SCH.O
SCH.N
HOLG
OV.TL
OV.EX
OV.SP
LEGEND
IAQ Analog Fan Config
IAQ Switch Input Config
IAQ Switch Fan Config
Econo Min IAQ Position
Econo Minimum Position
IAQ Override Position
OAQ Analog Input Cfg
OAQ Lockout Limit
AQ Differential Low
AQ Differential High
Fan On AQ Differenfial
Fan Off AQ Differential
IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
IAQ Sensor Value at 20mA
OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
OAQ Sensor Vatue at 20mA
RH Sensor Value at 4mA
RH Sensor Value at 20mA
Alarm Relay Configuration
SPT/SPRH Sensor Failure
SAT/RAT Sensor Failure
OAT Thermistor Failure
Current Sensor Failure
Compressor Failure
Refrigerant Circuit Failure
SSP Transducer Failure
SCT Thermistor Failure
indoor Fan Failure
Dirty Filter
Thermostat Failure
Economizer Failure
Sensor Calibration
Space Temp Calibrafion
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp Calib.
Return Air Temp Trim
CCN Configuration
CCN Element Number
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN Broadcast Configuration
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcast
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN Schedule Overrides
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT CCN TABLE/SUB=TABLE
0=No IAQ 0: no FlOP
1 =Demand Venfilation I : FlOP
2=Econ Position Override
3=Econ Min Position Control
0=Never 0
1=Only While Occupied
2=Always
0=No IAQ 0
I=DCV Normally Open
2=DCV Normally Closed
3=Override Normally Open
4=Override Normally Closed
0=Never 0
1=Only While Occupied
2=Always
0 to 100 10
0to 100 30
0 to 100 100
0=No OAQ 0
1 =Demand Ventilation
2=Outdoor Air Lockout
0 to 5000 600
0 to 5000 100
0 to 5000 700
0 to 5000 600
0 to 5000 200
0 to 5000 0
0 to 5000 2000
0 to 5000 0
0 to 5000 2000
0to50 % 0
60 to 100 % I00
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
Yes/No Yes
-30 to 120 dF
-30 to 30 ^F 0
-30 to 130 dF
-30 to 30 ^F 0
-30 to 130 dF
-30 to 30 ^F 0
IAQ_CFG
ALM_CFG
CCNTRIM--see
Maintenance Display)
CONFIGURATION
1 to 239
0 to 239
1=2400
2=4800
3:9600
4=19200
5:38400
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
0=Always Occupied 0
1 to 64=Local Schedule
65 to 99=Global Schedule
Yes/No No
0 to 4 hours 1
0 to 4 hours 0
Yes/No Yes
not in CCN table)
not in CCN table)
not in CCN table)
BRODEFS
SCHEDOVR
CCN POINT
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQiNCFG
IAQiNFAN
IAQMINP
ECONOMtN
IAQOVPOS
OAQANCFG
OAQLOCK
DAQ_LOW
DAQ HIGH
DAQFNON
DAQFNOFF
IAQ_4MA
IAQ 20MA
OAQ_4MA
OAQ 20MA
RH_4MA
RH_20MA
SPACE AL
SATRATAL
OAT AL
CS _L
CO-MP AL
CKT A_
SSPZAL
SCT AL
FANZAL
FILTAL
TSTAT_AL
ECON_AL
CCNBC
OATBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR EXT
TIME-OVER
PAGE NO.
39,49.82
41.51
39_49,50
49
49.50
49,50
39.49,50,
82
5O
49
49
5O
5O
49
49
5O
5O
47
47
52
64
64
64
64
64
35, 51
35, 51
35, 51
51
51
40,51
51
36, 40. 51
51
51
40.52
40, 52
FlOP -- Factory-Installed Option
100
ITEM
TIME CLOCK
TIME
TiME
DATE
MNTH
DOM
YEAR
DAY
DST
STR.M
STR.W
STR.D
M.ADD
STP.M
STP.W
STP.D
M.SUB
SCH.L
PER.x
OCC.x
UNC.x
MON.x
TUE.x
WED,x
THU.x
FRI.x
SAT.x
SUN.x
HOL.x
(repeat up to x=
8 Periods)
(OCCFECS = CCN only)
HOL.L
HOL.x
MON.x
DAY.x
LEN.x
(repeat up to x=
9 Holidays)
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- TIME CLOCK
EXPANSION
Time of Day
Hour and Minute
Current Date
Month of Year
Day of Month
Year
Day of Week
Daylight Savings Config
Daylight Savings Start:
Start Month
Start Week
Start Day
Minutes to Add
Daylight Savings Stop:
Stop Month
Stop Week
Stop Day
Minutes to Subtract
Occupancy Schedule
Occupancy Period x
Occupied From
Occupied To
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Occupancy Supervisory
Period x DOW
MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Holiday Schedule
Holiday x
Holiday Start Month
Hotiday Start Day
Hotiday Duration (days)
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
CONFIGURATION
xx.xx hh.mm not in CCN tabte)
1 to 12 = January to December (not in CCN table)
1 to 31 (not in CCN tabte)
xxxx not in CCN tabte)
1 to 7 = Monday to Sunday (not in CCN table)
BRODEFS
1 to 12 = January to December 4
1 to5 1
1 to7 7
0 to 90 60
1 to 12 = January to December 10
1 to5 5
1 to7 7
0 to 90 60
0000 to 23.59 hhImm 0000
0000 to 23.59 hh.mm 0000
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
Yes/No No
xxxxxxxx 00000000
0000 to 23.59 hhmm 0000
0000 to 23.59 hhmm 0000
o
o
o
1 to 12 = January to December
1 to 31
1 to 99
(SCH.L = Display onty)
OCCDEFCS
HOLIDAY
HOLDYxxS
CCN
POINT
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
DOWx
OCCTODx
UNOCTODx
(repeatuptox=
8Periods)
HOL_MON
HOL DAY
HOL-LEN
(repeat up to xx=
30 Holidays)
ITEM
(ALARMDEF = CCN only)
(CTLRID =CCN only)
CCN ONLY TABLES
EXPANSION
Alarm Routing Controt
Equipment Priority
Comm Failure Retry Time
Re-Alarm Time
Atarm System Name
Device Name:
Description:
Location:
Software Part Number:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Reference Number:
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
00000000 to 11111111
0to 7
1 to 240
1 to 255
up to 8 alphanum
48_50_PG
text string
text string
CESR131320-XX-XX
11000000
5
min 10
min 180
48 50 PG
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
ALARMDEF
CTLR-ID
CCN
POINT
ALRM CNT
EQP _YPE
RETIRY TM
RE-ALARM
ALRM_NAM
101
ITEM
OPERATING MODES
MODE
SYS
HVAC
OCC
T.OVR
LINK
C.LOC
H.LOC
E.LOC
COOL
COOL
OK.CL
MS.TG
OK.EC
OK.MC
C.LOC
CA.LO
CB.LO
CC.LO
AVL.C
REQ.C
ACT.C
CMP.A
CMP.B
CMP.C
ST, A
ST, B
ST, C
RLEV
SAT
SAT
SA,DM
SA,PD
SA,ND
SAT, U
SAT, L
SA,TR
SA,DR
SPT
SPT
DMD.C
TRD.C
CL.PD
CL.ND
C,LAG
HMZR
REHT
HUM
SP.RH
R.LO,A
RA.LO
R.LP, A
R.LO, B
RB.LO
R.LP, B
AVL.R
REQ.R
ACT, R
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
HEAT
HEAT
OK,HT
MS,TG
H.LOC
HT.LO
AVL.H
REQ.H
ACT, H
HT.I
HT,2
SPT
SPT
DMD.H
TRD.H
HT, PD
HT, ND
H,LAG
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
MODE -- OPERATING MODES
CCN WRITE
EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT STATUS
Control Modes
System Mode
HVAC Mode
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
Linkage Active
Comp Cool OAT Lockout
Heat OAT Lockout
Econ Coo{ OAT Lockout
Cool Mode Diagnostic
In Cooling Mode?
OK to Select Cool Mode?
Mode Select Timeguard
OK to Use Economizer?
OK to Use Compressors?
Circuit OAT Lockout
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp
Circuit C Lockout Temp
Available Cooling
Requested Cooling
Actual Compressors
Circuit A Compressors
Circuit B Compressors
Circuit C Compressors
Circuit A Strikes
Circuit B Strikes
Circuit C Strikes
Outdoor Fan Level
Supply Air Temperature
Supply Air Temperature
Supply Air Temp Demand
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level
SAT Cool Demand (-) Level
Minimum SAT Upper Level
Minimum SAT Lower Level
Supply Air d/dt (F/rain)
SAT Delta Reference Temp
Space Temperature
Space Temperature
Cooling Demand
Cool Demand d/dt (F/rain)
SPT Cool Demand (+) Level
SPT Cool Demand (-) Level
Cool Thermal Lag Factor
Humidimizer
Humidimizer Equipped
Space Humidity Switch
Space Humidity Sensor
Reheat2 OAT Lockout A
Reheat2 OAT Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Override A
Reheat2 OAT Lockout B, C
Reheat2 OAT Limit B, C
Reheat2 SSP Override B, C
Available Reheat2 Stages
Requested Reheat2 Stages
Actual Reheat2 Stages
Cool >Reheatl Control
Reheat2 Valve A
Reheat2 Valve B, C
Heat Mode Diagnostic
In Heating Mode?
OK to Select Heat Mode?
Mode Select Timeguard
Heat OAT Lockout
Heating Lockout Temp
Available Heating Stages
Requested Heating Stages
Actual Heating Stages
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Space Temperature
Space Temperature
Heating Demand
Heat Demand d/dt (F/min)
SPT Heat Demand (+) Level
SPT Heat Demand (-) Level
Heat Thermal Lag Factor
text string
text string
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
O to 999
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 100
x
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
X
X
X
X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XX.X
XX.X
XX.X
XX.X
XXXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XX.X
XX.X
X.X
Yes/No
High/Low
xxx.x
Yes/No
xx
Yes/No
Yes/No
xx
Yes/No
X
X
X
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
Yes/No
0 to 999
Yes/No
40 to 125 F
x
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XX.X
XX.X
X.X
secs
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
min
%
F
secs
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
min
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY
MODES
COOLDIAG
HUMIDIMIZER
HEATDIAG
SYS MODE
HVACMODE
OCCUPIED
MODETOVR
MODELINK
COMPLOCK
HEATLOCK
ECONLOCK
IN_COOL
OK TO COOL
COOLMSTG
ECONCOOL
MECHCOOL
COMPLOCK
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB
OATLCMPC
AVLCSTGS
REQCSTGS
ACTCSTGS
COMP_A
COMP_B
CQMP C
ASTRIKES
BSTRIKES
CSTRIKES
FANLEV
SAT
SAT_DMD
SAT_POS
SAT NEG
SATMtN_H
SATMIN L
SAT_TREND
SAT_REP
SPACE T
COOL DMD
CLDTREND
DEM_POS
DEM NEG
COO__LAG
REHEAT
HUM STAT
SPRH
RHALOCK
OATLRH A
RHALPO-V
RHBLOCK
OATLRH B
RHBLPO-V
AVLRSTGS
REQRSTGS
ACTRSTGS
CRC
RH2_A
RH2_B
IN_HEAT
OK TO HEAT
HEATMSTG
HEATLOCK
OATLHEAT
AVLRSTGS
REQHSTGS
ACTHSTGS
HEAT_I
HEAT_2
SPACE T
HEAT DMD
HTDT-REND
HDEM_POS
HDEM NEG
HEAT__AG
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
102
ITEM
OPERATING MODES (cont)
ECON
EC,EN
OCC
IDF
COOL
E.LOC
EH.LO
ELLO
FC.LO
EN.LO
EC.MX
EC.MN
AQ.DV
AQ.MN
AQ.OV
OVR.P
AQ.LO
OAQ.L
LP.OV
EC.CP
EC.AP
EC.MP
E.CAL
(Display TRIM-- see
Calibration)
(TRIM=DCN Only)
(OCCDEFM = CCN only)
OPERATING MODES
(LINKDATA = CCN only)
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES (cont)
EXPANSION
Economizer Diagnostic
Economizer InstaNed
Currently Occupied
Indoor Fan Relay
In Cooling Mode?
Econo Cool OAT Lockout
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Econo Cool Entb Lockout
Econo Cool Max Position
Econo Minimum Position
IAQ DCV Mode
Econo Min IAQ Position
IAQ Override Mode
IAQ Ovedde Position
OAQ Lockout Mode
OAQ Lockout Limit
Lo Refrig Press Override
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Min Position in Effect
Economizer Calibrating
Sensor Calibration
Space Temp Calibration
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib.
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp CaIib.
Return Air Temp Trim
Occupancy Supervisory
Current Mode (l=Occup)
Current Occup Period #
Time-Override in Effect
Time-Override Duration
Current Occupied Tiime
Current Unoccupied Time
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Previous Unoccupied Day
Previous Unoccupied Time
MODE -- OPERATING MODES (cont)
CCN TABLE/
RANGE UNITS SUB-TABLE
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY
ECONDIAG
Yes/No
Yes/No
On/Off
Yes/No
Yes/No
40 to 100 F
0to50F
0to70F
Yes/No
0 to 100
0 to 100
Yes/No
0 to 100
Yes/No
0 to 100
Yes/No
0 to 5000
Yes/No
xxx
xxx
xxx
Yes/No
-30 to 130
-30 to 30
-30 to 130
-30 to 30
-30 to 130
-30 to 30
0,1
0to8
Yes/No
0to4
xx.xx
xx.xx
XX.XX
XX.XX
XX.XX
dF
dF
dF
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
dF
^F
dF
^F
dF
^F
hours
hh.mm
hh.mm
hh.mm
hh.mm
hh.mm
TRIM
OCCDEFM
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY
CCN
POINT
ECONO
OCCUPIED
IDP
IN COOL
ECONLOCK
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
OATLUEFC
ENTHLOCK
ECONQMAX
ECONQMtN
IN IAQDV
IAQMINP
IN IAQOV
IAQOVPOS
IN OAQLO
OAQLOCK
IN LPOV
ECONQCMD
ECONOPOS
MIN POS
ECE_NCAL
SPT_CAL
SPT OFF
SAT-CAL
SAT-OFF
RAT-CAL
RATZOFF
MODE
PER NO
OVERLAST
OVR HRS
STR_TIME
ENDTtME
NXTOCDAY
NXTOCTIM
NXTUNDAY
NXTUNTtM
PRVUNDAY
PRVUNTIM
WRITE
STATUS
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
CCN -- Linkage
Supervisory Element #
Supervisory Bus
Supervisory Block Number
Average Occup. Heat Stp.
Average Occup. Cool Stp.
Average Unocc. Heat Stp.
Average Unocc. Cool Stp.
Average Zone Temperature
Average Occup. Zone Temp
Linkage System Occupied?
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Last Unoccupied Day
Last Unoccupied Time
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
xxx.x dF
Yes/No
Mon-Sun
xx:xx hh.mm
Mon-Sun
xx.xx hh.mm
Mon-Sun
xx.xx hh.mm
LtNKDATA
SUPE-ADR
SUPE-BUS
BLOCKNUM
AOHS
AOCS
AUHS
AUCS
AZT
AOZT
LOCC
LNEXTOCD
LNEXTOCC Forcible
LNEXTUOD
LNEXTUNC Forcible
LLASTUOD
LLASTUNC Forcible
ITEM
ALARMS
R.CURR
R.HIST
CURR
alarm#
(repeat up to 25 alarms)
HIST
alarm#
(repeat up to 20 Alarms)
MODE -- ALARMS
EXPANSION
Reset All Current Alarms
Reset Alarm History
Currently Active Alarms
text string
Alarm History
alar m#-mm/dd/yy-hh.mm-text string
RANGE
Yes/No
Yes/No
DEFAULT
No
No
CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
ALARMS
ALARM HISTORY
CCN
POINT
ALRESET
ALHtSCLR
WRITE
STATUS
Forcible
Forcible
103
APPENDIX B -- CONTROL MODES WITH
HUMIDI-MIZER TM SYSTEM AND ECONOMIZER
Thermostat input shown tbr cooling demand (versus tem-
perature sensor and set point). Humidistat input shown for
dehumidification demand (versus relative humidity sensor and
set point). Economizer cooling availability is dependent on
outdoor temperature or enthalpy.
Circuit Subcooling mode = REHEAT 1
Circuit HGRH mode = hot gas reheat = REHEAT 2
Circuit ON mode = normal cooling
Thermostat Control type configuration = 0 = Adaptive, or Unit
Control Type configuration = 3 = Space Temperature, for
Dual-circuit and Tri-Circuit units results in added staNng tim-
ers and flex between 1-stage Y1 and 2-stage Y1.
DUAL CIRCUIT UNITS
1-Stage Y1 (Thermostat Control Type configuration =1)
and 2-Stage Y1 (Thermostat Control Type configuration = 2)
ECONO AVAILABLE? Y1 Y2 HUMIDISTAT
NO OFF OFF LOW
NO OFF OFF HIGH
NO ON OFF HIGH
NO OFF ON HIGH
NO ON ON HIGH
NO ON OFF LOW
NO OFF ON LOW
NO ON ON LOW
YES OFF OFF LOW
YES OFF OFF HIGH
YES ON OFF HIGH
YES OFF ON HIGH
YES ON ON HIGH
YES ON OFF LOW
YES OFF ON LOW
YES ON ON LOW
CIRCUIT A
OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooling
ON
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooting
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
CIRCUIT B
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
SubcooIing
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
ECONOMIZER
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
(Econo closed if fan off)
alarm T41 !: Y2 without Y1
alarm T41 !: Y2 without Y1
(Econo closed if fan off)
alarm T41 !: Y2 without Y1
alarm T411:Y2 without Y!
DUAL-CIRCUIT UNITS
Digital (Thermostat Control Type configuration = 3)
ECONO AVAILABLE? Y1 Y2 HUMIDISTAT
NO OFF OFF LOW
NO OFF OFF HIGH
NO ON OFF HIGH
NO OFF ON HIGH
NO ON ON HIGH
NO ON OFF LOW
NO OFF ON LOW
NO ON ON LOW
YES OFF OFF LOW
YES OFF OFF HIGH
YES ON OFF HIGH
YES OFF ON HIGH
YES ON ON HIGH
YES ON OFF LOW
YES OFF ON LOW
YES ON ON LOW
CIRCUIT A
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
ON
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
CIRCUIT B
OFF
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
OFF
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
ECONOMIZER
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
(Econo cIosed if fan off)
(Econo cIosed if fan off)
104
Copyright 2006 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480028-01 Printed in US.A. Form 48/50PG-5T Pg 106 6-06 Replaces: 48/50PG-2T
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Date:
Technician:
CONTROL SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG
So.rare Versions:
MBB: CESR131320--
ECB: CESR131249--
MARQ: CESR131171--
Control Type:
Set Points:
INDICATE UNIT SETTINGS BELOW
Thermostat /T-55 Space Temp. /T-56 Space Temp. /T-58 Space Temp.
Cooling Occupied: Unoccupied:
Heating Occupied: Unoccupied:
MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
DISP
METR
LANG
PROT
PSWD
TEST
UNIT
S.DLY
U.CTL
T.CTL
OC.FN
IDF,F
EC.EN
FN.SW
FL.SW
FS.SW
RM.SW
SAT.T
SAT.H
RAT.S
RH.S
RH.SW
TCS.C
TCS.H
COOL
N.CIR
N.A
MRT.C
MOT.C
RST.C
C.DEC
C.INC
FOD.C
CA.LO
CB.LO
CC.LO
ALM.N
EXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
Display Configuration
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
Test Display LEDs
Unit Configuration
Start Up Delay
Unit Control Type
Thermostat Control Type
Fan On When Occupied
Shut Down on IDF Failure
Economizer Installed
Fan Status Switch
Filter Status Switch
Fire Shutdown Switch
Remote Occupancy Switch
SAT Settling Time
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
RAT Sensor On SPTO Input
RH Sensor ON OAQ Input
Space Humidity Switch
Temp Cmp Strt Cool Factr
Temp Cmp Strt Heat Factr
Cooling Configuration
Number of Circuits
Compressors on Circuit A
Compressor Min On Time
Compressor Min Off Time
Runtime to Reset Strikes
Cool Stage Decrease Rate
Cool Stage Increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp
Circuit C Lockout Temp
Alert Each Strike
On/Off
0=English
1=Spanish
2=French
3=Portuguese
Enable/Disable
0900 to 9999
On/Off
0 to 600 sec
1=Auto Select
2=Thermostat
3=Space Sensor
0=Adaptive
1=1 Stage Y1
2=2 Stage Y1
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
10 to 900 sec
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Yes/No
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0 to 60 mins
0 to 60 mins
1 to3
1 to2
120 to 999 sec
300 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
!20 to 999 sec
!20 to 999 sec
0 to 600 sec
0 to 100 dF
0 to 100 dF
0 to 100 dF
Yes/No
Off
0
Enable
1111
Off
30
1
Yes
Yes
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
24O
Disable
No
No
0: no Humidi-MiZer FlOP
1: Humidi-MiZer FlOP
2
1
180
300
300
300
450
60
0
0: no Humidi-MiZer FlOP
Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
0
0
Yes
LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-Installed Option
Manufacturerreserves the right to discontinue, orchange at any time,specifications or designs withoutnotice and withoutincurringobligations.
Book 11111 Catalog No 04-53480028-01 Printed inU.SA Form 48/50PG-5T Pg CL-1 6-06 Replaces: 48/50PG-2T
Tab
ITEM
CONFiGURATiON (cont)
COOL (cont)
SAT
SA.PD
SA.ND
SAT,U
SAT,L
SPT
CLPD
CLND
C.LAG
CIR.A
CS.AI
CS,A2
A!,FN
A2,FN
A3,FN
CIR.B
CS,BI
BI,FN
B2,FN
B3.FN
CIR.C
CS.C1
Ct.FN
C2.FN
C3.FN
SST
SST.O
SST.I
SST.2
SST.3
OFC
OFC.3
0.MXP
1.MXP
2.MNP
2.ON
2.OFF
2.MXP
3.MNP
3.ON
LEGEND
FlOP- Factory-installed Option
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
IEXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
Supply Air Temperature
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level
SAT Cool Demand (-) Level
Minimum SAT Upper Level
Minimum SAT Lower Level
Space Temperature
SPT Cool Demand (+)
Level
SPT Cool Demand (-)
Level
Cool Thermal Lag Factor
Circuit A
A1 Current Sensing
0.5 to 10 AF
--I0 to --0.5 ^F
35.0 to 65.0 dF
35.0 to 65.0 dF
0.5 to 5 ^F
-5 to -0.5 ^F
0 to 5 min
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
0to7
oto 7
A2 Current Sensing
A Circuit Level 1 Fans
A Circuit Level 2 Fans
oto 7
Enable/Disable
0to 7
A Circuit Level 3 Fans
Circuit B
B1 Current Sensing
B Circuit Level 1 Fans
B Circuit Level 2 Fans
B Circuit Level 3 Fans
Circuit C
CI Current Sensing
C Circuit Level I Fans
C Circuit Level 2 Fans
C Circuit Level 3 Fans
Low Suction Control
Suction OK Temperature
Low Suction -- Level I
Low Suction -- Level 2
Low Suction -- Level 3
Outdoor Fan Control
OFC3 Enable. CCH
Disable
Fan Lev0 Max Pressure
Fan Levt Max Pressure
Fan Lev2 Min Pressure
Fan Lev2 On Temperature
Fan Lev2 Off Temperature
Fan Lev2 Max Pressure
Fan Lev3 Min Pressure
Fan Lev3 on Temperature
oto 7
oto 7
Enable/Disable
0to7
0to7
0to7
I0 to 50 dF
10 to 50 dF
5 to 50 dF
0 to 50 dF
Yes/No
I00 to 500 psig
I00 to 500 psig
100 to 500 psig
0 to I00 F
0 to I00 F
I00 to 500 psig
100 to 500 psig
0 to I00 F
1
-I
58
48
1
-I
1
Disable (1-phase)
Enable (3-phase)
Disable
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
1 (20, 24)
5 (28)
HumidFMiZer FlOP
1
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
HumidFMiZer FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
3 (20, 24)
7 (28)
HumidFMiZer FlOP
3
Enable
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
4
HumidFMiZer FlOP
1
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
6 (20)
2 (24, 28)
Humidi-MiZer FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
6
HumidFMiZer FlOP
3
Disable
0
0
0
18
2O
15
10
Yes
2OO
45O
2OO
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
55(20)
45 (24-28)
Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
68 (20)
6I (24)
6I (28)
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
50(20)
40 (24-28)
Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
57(20)
57 (24)
57(28)
40O
25O
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
65
Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
88(20)
68 (24)
68 (28)
CL-2
LU
Z
LU
0
©
Z
q
<
F-
©
LU
0
©
Z
3
<
H
(D
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM I EXPANSION
CONFIGURATION (cont)
OFC (cont)
3.OFF Fan Lev3 Off Temperature
HMZR
REHT
R.DEC
R.INC
RH.FN
RF.LV
RF. ON
RF. OF
RA.LO
RA.LP
RA.HP
RB.LO
RB.LP
RB. HP
HEAT
HT.TY
N,HTR
MRT.H
MOT.H
H,DEC
H,INC
FOD,E
FOD.G
HT.LO
SAT.H
SPT
HT.PD
HT.ND
H,LAG
ECON
EC.EN
E.CTL
EC,MN
EC,MX
EH,LO
EL,LO
UEFC
Humidimizer Config
Humidimizer Equipped
Reheat2 Stage Decr.
Time
Reheat2 Stage Incr. Time
Reheat Fan Control
Reheat20DF Fan On
Level
Reheat20DF Fan On
Temp
Reheat20DF Fan Off
Temp
Reheat2 OAT Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit A
Reheat2 OAT Limit B, C
Reheat2 SSP Lo
Limit B, C
Reheat2 SSP Hi
Limit B, C
Heating Configuration
Type of Heat Installed
Number of Heat Stages
Heat Minimum On Time
Heat Minimum Off Time
Heat Stage Decrease
Rate
Heat Stage Increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Elect Heat
Fan-off Delay, Gas Heat
Heating Lockout Temp
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
Space Temperature
Sensor
SPT Heat Demand (+)
Level
SPT Heat Demand (-)
Level
Heat Thermal Lag Factor
Economizer Configuration
Economizer Installed
Economizer Control Type
Econo Minimum Position
Econo CooI Max Position
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp
Limit
Unoccupied Free Cooling
LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-Installed Option
RANGE
0 to 100 F
Yes/No
0 to 999 secs
0 to 999 secs
Yes/No
0to 3
0 to 100 F
0 to 100 F
20 to 70 F
50 to 100 psig
50 to 100 psig
20 to 70 F
50 to 100 psig
50 to 100 psig
0 = No Heat
1 = Gas
2 = Electric
1 to2
60 to 999 sec
60 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
10 to 600 sec
45 to 600 sec
40 to 125 dF
Enable/Disable
0.5 to 5 ^F
-5 to -0.5 ^F
0 to 5 min
Yes/No
1=Digital, Position Feed-
back
2=Digital, Command
Feedback
3=Analog Control
0 to 100 %
0 to 100 %
40 to 100 dF
-30 to 50 dF
0=Disabled
1=Entire Unoccupied
Period
2=PreOccupancy Time
DEFAULT
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
55
Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
78 (2O)
62 (24)
62 (28)
No: no Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
Yes: Humidi-MiZer FlOP
6O
300
Yes
2
93 (20)
93 (24)
85 (28)
83 (20)
88 (24)
80 (28)
4O
8O
9O
5O
8O
9O
0 (50 series with no
electric heat)
(48 series)
2 (50 series with electric
heat)
(48 series 1-phase,
50 series <15kW)
2 (48 series 3-phase,
50 series >=15kW)
120
120
3OO
45O
30
45
75
Disable
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
30
100
65
0
ENTRY
CL-3
ITEM
CONFIGURATION (cont)
ECON (cont)
FC.TM
FC.LO
PE,EN
PE.1
PE,2
EN.SW
E,TRV
E,MXB
E,MXM
E,MXT
E,DBD
EC,P
EC,I
EC,D
EC.DT
AIR.Q
IA,CF
IA,FN
II,CF
II,FN
AQ.MN
EC,MN
OVR.P
OA.CF
OAQ.L
AQD.L
AQD.H
DF.ON
DF.OF
1,4M
1,20M
O,4M
O.20M
H.4M
H.20M
ALM.O
A.SPC
A.SRT
A.OAT
A.CS
A.CMP
A.CKT
A.SSP
A.SCT
A.FAN
A.FIL
A.TST
A,ECO
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
I EXPANSION RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY
Free CooI PreOcc Time
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Power Exhaust Installed
PE Stage1 Econo
Position
PE Stage2 Econo
Position
Enthalpy Switch
Economizer Travel Time
Bottom Stage Max Econo
Middle Stage Max Econo
Top Stage Max Econo
Economizer PID
Deadband
Economizer PID -- kP
Economizer PID -- kl
Economizer PID -- kD
Economizer PID -- rate
Air Quality Configuration
IAQ Analog Input Config
IAQ Analog Fan Config
IAQ Switch Input Config
IAQ Switch Fan Config
Econo Min IAQ Position
Econo Minimum Position
IAQ Override Position
OAQ Analog Input Cfg
OAQ Lockout Limit
AQ Differential Low
AQ Differential High
Fan On AQ Differential
Fan Off AQ Differential
IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
IAQ Sensor Value at
20mA
OAQ Sensor Value at
4mA
OAQ Sensor Value at
20mA
RH Sensor Value at 4mA
RH Sensor Value at
20mA
Alarm Relay
Configuration
SPT/SPRH Sensor
Failure
SAT/RAT Sensor Failure
OAT Thermistor Failure
Current Sensor Failure
Compressor Failure
Refrigerant Circuit Failure
SSP Transducer Failure
SCT Thermistor Failure
Indoor Fan Failure
Dirty Filter
Thermostat Failure
Economizer Failure
1 to 9999 min
0 to 70 dF
Yes/No
10 to 100 %
10 to !00 %
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
5 to 300 sec
0 to 100 %
1 to 100 %
O to 100 %
0 to 25 %
0.0 to 99.9 sec
0.0 to 99.9 sec
0.0 to 99.9 sec
10.0 to 180.0 sec
0=No IAQ
1=Demand Ventilation
2=Econ Position Override
3=Econ Min Position Con-
trol
0=Never
1=Only While Occupied
2=Always
0=No IAQ
I=DCV Normally Open
2=DCV Normally Closed
3=Override Normally
Open
4=Override Normally
Closed
O=Never
1=Only While Occupied
2=AIways
0 to 100
0 to 100
O to 100
0=No OAQ
1=Demand Ventilation
2=Outdoor Air Lockout
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 50 %
60 to !00 %
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
!20
50
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
4O
75
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
150
5O
35
25
3
2.5
0.1
!
!5
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
0
0
!0
30
!00
O
6OO
100
7OO
6OO
2OO
0
2000
2000
O
!00
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CL-4
LU
Z
c_
LU
O
[23
©
z
q
<
F-
©
c3
LU
F-
F-
O
c_
©
z
q
<
1--
©
ITEM
CONFIGURATION (cont)
TRIM
SPT.C
SPT.T
SAT.C
SAT.T
RAT.C
RAT.T
CCN
CCN.A
CCN,B
BAUD
BROD
B.TIM
B,OAT
B.GS
B,ACK
SCH.O
SCH.N
HOL.G
OV.TL
OV.EX
OV.SP
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
I EXPANSION
Sensor Calibration
Space Temp Calibration
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib.
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp Calib.
Return Air Temp Trim
CCN Configuration
CCN Element Number
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN Broadcast
Configuration
CCN Time/Date
Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
Global Schedule
Broadcast
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN Schedule Overrides
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled
RANGE
-30 to 120 dF
-30 to 30 AF
--30 to 130 dF
-30 to 30 AF
--30 to !30 dF
-30 to 30 AF
! to 239
0to 239
!=2400
2:4800
3:9600
4=19200
5:38400
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0=Always Occupied
1 to 64=Local Schedule
65 to 99=Global Schedule
Yes/No
0 to 4 hours
0 to 4 hours
Yes/No
DEFAULT
0
0
0
No
No
No
No
0
No
0
Yes
ENTRY
CL-5
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST
MODEL NO.: SERIAL NO.:
DATE: TECHNICIAN:
I. PRE-START-U P:
[] VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN"REMOVED FROM UNIT
[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR AIR HOOD
[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF FLUE EXHAUST AND INLET HOOD (48PG ONLY)
[] VERIFY THAT CONDENSATE CON_TCTION IS INSTALLED PER INSTRUCTIONS
[] VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
[] VERIFY GAS PRESSURE TO UNIT GAS VALVE IS WITHIN" SPECIFIED RANGE (48PG ONLY)
[] CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS (48PG ONLY)
[] CHECK THAT INDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN"AND IN PLACE
[] CHECK THAT OUTDOOR AIR INLET SCREENS ARE IN PLACE
[] VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL
[] CHECK FAN"WHEEL AND PROPELLER FOR LOCATION"1N HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND VERIFY SETSCREW
IS TIGHT
[] VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED
[] VERIFY THAT SCROLL COMPRESSORS ARE ROTATING IN THE CORRECT DIRECTION
[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTAT/SPACE SENSOR
[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF tR?MIDITY SWITCH/SENSOR (tRJMIDI-MIZER TM I_TTS ONLY)
[] VERIFY CONFIGURATION VALUES FOR ELECTRONIC CONTROLS (REFER TO CONTROL SET UP CHECKLIST)
[] VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN"ENERGIZED FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS
I1. START-UP
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE LI-L2 L2-L3 L._-L1
COMPRESSOR AMPS COMPRESSOR A1
COMPRESSOR B1
ELECTRIC HEAT AMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
SUPPLY FAN AMPS
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
TEMPERATU RES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE
COOLING SUPPLY AIR
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR (48PG)
ELECTRIC HEAT SUPPLY AIR (50PG)
F DB (Dry Bulb)
F DB
F
F
F
F WB (Wet Bulb)
PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE STAGE NO. 1
REFRIGERANT SUCTION CIRCUIT A
CIRCUIT B
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE CIRCUIT A
CIRCUIT B
IN. WG
IN. WG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
STAGE NO. 2
[] VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE USING CHARGING CHARTS ON PAGES 89 AND 90
GENERAL
[] ECONOMIZERMINIMUMVENTAND CHANGEOVERSETTINGSTOJOB REQUIREMENTS
IN. WG
Copyright 2006 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No 04-53480028-01 Printed in U.SA Form 48/50PG-5T Pg CL-6 6-06 Replaces: 48/50PG-2T
uJ
Z
£3
tJJ
O
c3
©
z
o,
<
F-
©
c3
LU
F-
F-
O
£3
©
z
o
<
F-
©
